Growth Products Turf and Tree Care Catalog by Growth Products

NITRO-30® SRN 30-0-0 . . . . . . . . . .6 With 85% Slow Release Nitrogen

NITRO+K 22-0-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

82% Slow Release Nitrogen With Potassium Carbonate

THE CLASSIC 18-3-6

. . . . . . . . . . . .11

THE CLASSIC 18-0-6

. . . . . . . . . . . .13

Liquid Fertilizer Solution With 50% SRN Plus Micronutrients

A Premium Foliar Greens Product With Organic Enhancers

PRO-BALANCE 15-2-15

. . . . . . . . . .16

PRO-BALANCE 15-0-15

. . . . . . . . . .18

With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients

“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-29-26 . . . . . . . .20 100% Pure Phosphorus Acid

“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-0-26 . . . . . . . . .22 100% Pure Phosphorus Acid

NITRO-22 + SULFUR . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 With 40% Smart Nitrogen & 4% Sulfur

RECOVER RX™ 3-18-18 . . . . . . . . . . .25 With Salicylic Acid, Phosphite and Phosphate Sources

ARBOR CARE 15-8-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 With 40% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients

AUTUMN CARE 6-12-12 . . . . . . . . . . .29 With 40% Smart Nitrogen, Iron, Manganese, Sugars And Enzymes

K-BUILDER 7-2-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 PALM PRO 12-4-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 With 60% SRN +Mg, Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, B, Plus Humic Acid And Sugars

GRO-PRO 12-4-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 With 60% SRN +Mg, Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, B, Plus Humic Acid And Sugars

STARTER PLUS BLOOMTASTIC 8-32-5 . . .37 With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micros

QUICK RESPONSE 20-3-3

. . . . . . . . .39

With 20% Slow Release Nitrogen

TRIPLE 12+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

12-12-12 With 42% Slow Release Nitrogen

0-0-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Liquid Potassium Solution

0-30-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Liquid Phosphorus Solution

18-6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 With 60% Slow Release Nitrogen From Nitro-30®

For Prevention, Control and Suppression of Soil and Foliar Diseases

ESSENTIAL® PLUS 1-0-1 . . . . . . . . . . .54

100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment And Root Stimulator With 21 L-Amino Acids

RE-STORE PLUS (3-0-2) . . . . . . . . . . .57 With 10% Humic Acid And L- Amino Acids

COMPOST DE-THATCHER . . . . . . . . . . .59

15-0-0 Plus Microbes & Enzymes With 10% Slow Release Nitrogen

REDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

A Citric Acid Solution

HYDRO-MAX™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 All Natural Wetting Agent Plus Humic Acid

GREEN-SPEED™ SI (0-2-5) . . . . . . . . .65 7% Potassium Silicate, With Phosphite And 2% Humic Acid

SODIUM KNOCKOUT 5-0-0 . . . . . . . . .67

With 6% Calcium, Natural Wetting Agent & Fulvic Acid

PURE KELP SA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Natural Metabolite And Biostimulant

BIONUTRIENTS™ SOLUBLE 8-0-9 . . . . .70

DRY TECHNOLOGY

FERTILIZERS

With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen

BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE

PRO-FORMANCE™ ULTRA 18-3-6 . . . . .15

BIOLOGICALLY BASED NATURAL ORGANICS

Phosphate Free With 50% SRN Plus Micronutrients

COMPANION® BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE . .50

For Fairways, Sports Turf, Lawn Care, And Trees

THE LANDSCAPER’S BIONUTRITION™ . . .72 3-0-3 Granular With Endo & Ecto Mycorrhizae

BIONUTRIENTS TOTAL-PAK 3-0-3 INJECTABLE FOR TREES & ORNAMENTALS . . . . . . . .75 With Mycorrhizal Technology

BIOBLENDER™ MEDIA MIX . . . . . . . . . .77 (3-0-3) For Greenhouse, Pre-Plant & Transplant

CONTENTS

X-XTRA IRON 6-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 High Iron 9% - Low Nitrogen 6%

IRON MAX AC 6% 15-0-0 . . . . . . . . .81 With 2% Chelated Manganese & 3.5% Sulfur

CAL MAG MAX 7-0-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .83

ARBOR CARE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . .94 A GUIDE TO THE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A TREE AND SHRUB FERTILIZATION PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . .96

ORGANIC IRON 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Glucoheptonate Chelate With 2% Sulfur

MICREL TOTAL 5-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 With Eight Chelated Micronutrients

THE CLASSIC PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . .98

Calcium Glucoheptonate With 9% Chelated Calcium

LANDSCAPING

CAL-TEC 9% (6-0-0) . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

FAIRWAY PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

FLOWER PROGRAM .100

LAWN CARE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . .101

MAGNESIUM CHELATE 3% . . . . . . . . . .92

PALM PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

OVERSEEDING PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . .102

Glucoheptonate Chelate With 2% Sulfur Glucoheptonate Organic Chelate

SALT REDUCTION PROGRAM . . . . . . . .105 SOD PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 SPORTS TURF PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . .107

SUMMER STRESS PROGRAM . . . . . . . . .108

TOURNAMENT PREP PROGRAM . . . . . .109

COMPOSTING PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . .110 HYDROSEEDING PROGRAM . . . . . . . . .111

Visit Our Web Site:

Growth Products, Ltd.

AND

MANGANESE CHELATE 5% . . . . . . . . . .90

PROGRAMS

MICRONUTRIENTS

With 4% Calcium & 2% Magnesium

www.GrowthProducts.com

80 Lafayette Ave.

White Plains, NY 10603

Monday through Friday 9am to 5 pm (Eastern)

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626

International: 011 914-428-1316

Fax: (914) 428-2780

YouTube: GrowthProducts

Email: Questions@GrowthProducts.com

Growth Products dry technology, pure 100% concentrates with zero inert fillers, define the product line. Choose from five distinct products to fit your special needs; BioNutrients 8-0-9, BioNutrients 8-1-9 (WSDA organic product), Landscaperâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s BioNutrition 3-0-3, BioNutrients Injectable Total Pack and a new improved Media Mix for composting. All packed with beneficial rhizosphere bacteria and a combination of Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae.

Ultimate Flowables With Dry Technology

Composting

Gro-Pro 12-4-12

Superintendents and Sports Managers have found this complete package loaded with chelates and organics. With a good balance of N-PK, six chelated micros, organic supplements, a natural wetting agent and at good price for fairways.

Page 35

The importance of composting has grown in public consciousness in recent years. Many states and municipalities mandate organic recycling because landfills are filling up. Composting provides a way of reducing waste, producing a rich form of soil full of organic matter that is beneficial and useful for gardening, landscaping, lawn care and agriculture.

See our Composting Program on Page 110

The most difficult plant nutrient to regulate is NITROGEN. For three decades, Growth Products has developed a series of Slow Release Nitrogen products based on polymer technology with a long carbon chain molecule. With the lowest salt index of ANY nitrogen source, you can be assured of safe applications for all plant materials at affordable prices.

Smarter Nitrogen Output 3

Salt Reduction

Buildup of salinity in soils not only retards turf and plant growth, but has a devastating effects on urban trees. Irrigation water from effluent sources constantly adds bicarbonates and salt â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one acre of irrigated land can receive as much as 25-tons of salt in one season from poor water quality. Vulnerable coastal areas are subject to salt spray and storm flooding, adding exponentially to the saline soil environment.

Making An Excellent Product Even Better

Essential now contains more ingredients then ever! With newly added brown sea kelp called Ecklonia Maxima, Essential will stimulate both cell division and elongation.

Persistence is a must in controlling salt buildup. Sodium KnockOut, is an effective tool in combating salt problems.

Page 54

See our Salt Reduction Program on page 105

Recovering with Recover RX

3-18-18 enhanced with two crucial ingredients: potassium phosphite and salicylic acid. Stress recovery on Page 25 Re-Store Plus (3-0-2) does everything for soil that conventional fertilizers does not! Reduce compaction, add organic matter, feed microbes, add natural strain of yeast and help neutralize salts. Greener healthier turf at a reasonable cost! Page 57

Restore

Hydroseeding

Swift seedling establishment and strong rooting for erosion control are essential to successful hydroseeding and hydro mulching applications. Choose our Landscaperâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s BioNutrition to encourage quicker seed germination and anchored root systems. See the new Hydroseeding Program on page 111 4

PRODUCT QUICK REFERENCE

Fertilizers

Nitrogen (N)

Page

Nitro-30 SRN 30-0-0 Nitro+K 22-0-16 The Classic 18-3-6 The Classic 18-0-6 Pro-Formance Ultra 15-2-15 Pro-Balance 15-0-15 Pro-Balance “TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 “TKO” Phosphite 0-0-26 Nitro-22 + Sulfur Recover RX 3-18-18 Arbor Care 15-8-4

6 9 11 13 15 16 18 20 22 24 25 27

Autumn Care 6-12-12

30% 22% 18% 18% 18% 15% 15% 22% 3% 15%

K-Builder 7-2-21

Palm-Pro 12-4-12 Gro-Pro 12-4-12

12%

Starter Plus 8-32-5

20-3-3 Quick Response Triple 12+ 12-12-12 0-0-25 Liquid Potassium 0-30-0 Liquid Phosphorus 18-6-12

12%

39 41 44 46 47

Biological Fungicides

Page 50

Companion Liquid

Biologically Based Essential Plus Re-Store Plus Compost De-Thatcher pH Reducer Hydro-Max Green-Speed Si Sodium KnockOut Pure Kelp SA

Slow Phosphorus Potassium Release (P) (K) Nitrogen 25.5% 18% 16% 9% 3% 6% 9% 6% 5.4% 3% 6% 7.5% 2% 15% 7.5% 15% 29% 26% 26% 8.8% 18% 18% 6% 8% 4%

0.1% 0.1% 0.5% 0.05% 0.05% 0.1%

2.4%

12%

7.2%

12%

3.5% 7.2% 4%

4% 5.1% 10.8%

21%

3% 12% 30% 6%

Bacillus Subtilis GB03 0.03%

BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9 The Landscaper’s BioNutrition BioNutrients Total-Pak Injectable BioBlender Media Mix

Micronutrients

0.3%

Page 70 72 75 77 Page 79 81 83 84 86 88 90 92

1.5%

Macro-Nutrients

4% -

Micronutrients (%)

Macro-Nutrients Potassium Phosphorus Iron (Fe) (P) (K) 9% 6% 3% 5% -

Ca -

Zn -

Mo -

B -

Micronutrients (%)

0.5 % -

Calcium (Ca) 4% 9% -

Humic Acid 7% 10% 2% 2% -

Zinc (Zn) Copper (Cu) Boron (B) Special Ingredients 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05%

0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05%

Kelp

0.1% 5% 10%

- 0.06 0.5 0.02 0.05 0.0005 0.01 % -

0.05%

0.03%

0.05%

Nitrogen (N) 2%

Natural Components

CFU 5.5 X 1010 Colony Forming Unites per Gallon

Slow Phosphorus Potassium Nitrogen Fe Release (N) (P) (K) Nitrogen 8% 2.5% 9% 3% 3% 2.5% 3% 2% 0.5 3% 3% 3% % 3% 2.5% 3% 2% Nitrogen (N) 6% 15% 7% 5% 6% -

0.05% -

0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.05% 0.3%

Active Fungicidal Ingredients

Macro-Nutrients

0.3%

3% 12% 25% 12%

Manganese Magnesium Sulfur (S) (Mn) (Mg)

0.05% -

12%

32%

Micronutrients

Calcium (Ca)

Iron (Fe)

Slow Phosphorus Potassium Nitrogen Page Release Fe Ca Mn Mg (N) (P) (K) Nitrogen 54 1% 1% 0.29 57 3% 2% 3% - 1% 59 15% 10% 61 63 65 2% 5% 67 5% - 6% -

Dry Technology

X-Xtra Iron Iron Max AC 6% Cal Mag Max Organic Iron 5% Micrel Total 5-0-0 Cal-Tec 9% Manganese Chelate 5% Magnesium Chelate 3%

20% 12% 18%

Macro-Nutrients

2% Humic Acid, 2% Sugars, 0.1% Yucca 2% Humic Acid, 2% 0.005% Sugars, 0.1% Yucca 0.005%

Macro-Nutrients

2% Glucose, 0.05% Enzymes

0.03%

0.5% Salicylic Acid

Micronutrients

Potassium (P) Phosphorus (K) Calcium (Ca) Magnesium (Mg) 3% 2% 1% 0.5%

Yucca

Natural Organic Ingredients

L-Amino Sugar Protein Fiber Acids

0.0025% 4.45% 0.1% 5% 1.5% 9.53% 0.0025% 90% 1% -

Humic Acid

Kelp

5% 3% -

Yucca

10% 10%

1.5% 1.5%

20%

10%

1.5%

10%

13.2% -

1.5%

L-Amino Acids 35% 9.5% -

9.53%

Ecto mycorrhizae -

 

Special Ingredients

Vitamins Yeast Enzymes Citric Acid Surfactant Silica Ecklonia maxima

Endo mycorrhizae -

Micronutrients Manganese Magnesium Molybdenum Sulfur (S) Zinc (Zn) Copper (Cu) Boron (B) (Mn) (Mg) (Mo) 4% 2% 3.5% 2% 2% 0.5% 4% 0.5% 0.5% 0.0005% 0.02% 5% 2% 3% -



Natural Organic Ingredients

20% 15% 17%

5% -

Bacillus

 

Bacillus subtilis GB03

   

Chelating Agent Citric Acid Citric Acid Glucoheptonate Glucoheptonate Citric Acid Glucoheptonate Glucoheptonate Glucoheptonate

NITRO-30 SRN 30-0-0 ®

With 85% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN

• DOES NOT LEACH OR VOLATILIZE • DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT UPTAKE • LOWEST SALT INDEX OF ANY NITROGEN

• STIMULATES SOIL MICROBES WITH CARBON • NO NITRATE LEACHING • CONSISTENT RELEASE WITH NO SURGE GROWTH

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30% 4.5% Urea Nitrogen 25.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Derived From: Low Biuret Urea, Methylene Urea *85% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Turf Applications: Nitro-30 can be applied throughout the growing season on cool, warm and transitional grasses. Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (see Tank Mixing Chart for exact quantities for various rates of nitrogen and different volume spraying). Because of Nitro-30’s efficacy, yearly nitrogen application rates can be reduced by 1/3 as compared to granular applications. Nitro-30 is ideal for low volume spraying and is compatible with other N-P-K materials and technical products.

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 kg Salt Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 1 Ton (2,000 lbs.) = 192.7 gallons 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 lbs. Nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.37 kg Nitrogen pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

TEES, GREENS & FAIRWAYS :

Nitro-30 is recommended for all types of grasses, including Kentucky Blue, Bent, Fescue, Perennial Rye, Bermuda, St. Augustine, Bahia, Zoysia and Centipede. Nitrogen application varies according to climate and grass variety, so be sure to check the appropriate amount of nitrogen to apply per season, as each grass variety will be different. Nitro-30 is compatible with most

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Nitro-30 Slow Release Nitrogen (30-0-0) Liquid Fertilizer is a safe, reliable, slow release nitrogen solution ideal for turf and horticultural applications. Nitro-30 SRN (30-0-0) provides a stable, highly concentrated liquid nitrogen source for spray applications. Nitro-30 is a reacted UF polymer (ureaform); a nitrogen/carbon chain material that is utilized by soil microorganisms. Nitro-30 is a true solution, containing water soluble methylene urea along with small percentages of free urea. Nitro30 provides residual nitrogen release, low volatilization and reduced leaching. It does not contain nitrates. The release of nitrogen from Nitro-30 depends on soil microorganisms, hydrolysis and UV radiation. Since this molecule contains carbon, it provides an energy source for beneficial microorganisms. The nitrogen release works in conjunction with the increase in soil temperature, microbial activity and the plant’s increased need for nitrogen. This form of nitrogen molecule resists leaching and volatilization, making it a cost effective nitrogen source. Nitro-30 is not phytotoxic to plant materials. Nitro-30 contains no suspended particles, NEEDS NO SPECIAL AGITATION, and can be used along with other technical products. It is ideal for fertigation systems and is non-clogging and non-abrasive. Nitro-30 can be safely tank mixed with many acidic and alkaline materials. It is an exclusive proprietary product of Growth Products, Ltd.

Application Tees & Greens Fairways and Roughs Lawn Care

4 - 5 oz. (127 - 159 ml) 3 - 6 oz. Nitro-30 SRN (95 ml) 24 oz. (760 ml)

Frequency Every 7-14 days Apply As Needed Apply As Needed

Turf Applications: Nitro-30 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml) Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Nitro-30

Nitrogen Rate

10 oz (330 ml)

1/4 lb. N (0.12 Kg N)

5 oz (160 ml)

14 oz (413 ml)

SUGGESTED USES :

Nitro-30 SRN (30-0-0) Liquid Fertilizer solution is a safe, nonburning, reliable nitrogen source for all turf grass applications (including cool, warm and transitional grasses), tree and ornamental applications. Nitro-30 can be used along with other technical products for low volume foliar spraying. Nitro-30 will enhance contact herbicides and insecticides. It is ideal for fertigation systems since it will not clog or cause abrasion.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

21 oz (650 ml) 31 oz (980 ml) 41 oz (1.3 L)

10603 (800) 648-7626

Application Timing

1/8 lb. N (0.06 Kg N)

2 weeks release rate

1/3 lb. N (0.15 Kg N)

6 weeks release rate

1/2 lb. N (0.24 Kg N)

3/4 lb.N (0.36 Kg N)

1 lb. N (0.48 Kg N)

4 weeks release rate

8 weeks release rate 10 weeks release rate 12 weeks release rate

www.GrowthProducts.com

Tree Care DBH Method

other turf insecticides and fungicides and can be used in place of granular and solubles, providing a non-phytotoxic, slow release nitrogen source.

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH Nitro-30 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 3 qts 1/12 1 gallon 1/6 2 gallon Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter.

Turf Applications Nitro-30 Solution in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 1/10 lb. N

If You Apply 4 gal per 1,000 FT2

(0.05 Kg N)

15 L per 100 m

0.8 gal. 3.6 L

1/8 lb. N 1/4 lb. N 1/2 lb. N (0.06 Kg N)

(0.12 Kg N)

(0.24 Kg N)

4.3 L

8.6 L

17.1 L

1 gal.

2 gal.

4 gal.

3 gal per 1,000 FT2

1gal.

1.3 gal.

2.7 gal.

5.4gal.

2 gal per 1,000 FT2

1.6 gal.

2 gal.

4 gal.

8 gal.

1 gal per 1,000 FT2

3.2 gal.

4 gal.

10 L per 100 m2 7.5 L per 100 m2 3.8 L per 100 m2

5.3 L 7L

13.4 L

6.4 L

12.8 L

7.6 L

15.2 L

16 L

32 L

8 gal.

Nursery Applications

Foliar Spray: 1 gal per 100 gal Containerized of water. Thoroughly spray to Crops, Woody point of run-off. Ornamentals, (1 L in 100 L water) Foliage Plants, Soil Drench: 1-2 oz per gal of Field-Grown water. Thoroughly drench soil. Trees (29-59 ml per 4 L water)

25.7 L

Nitro-30

30.4 L

16 gal 64.2

Urea

100 PPM N

STORAGE & HANDLING :

5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 1.6 gal. 11 lbs. 4.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 1.8 gal. 12 lbs. 4 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 2 gal. 13 lbs. 3.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 2.3 gal. 15 lbs. 3 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 2.7 gal. 18 lbs. 2.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 3.2 gal. 21 lbs. 2 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 4 gal. 27 lbs. 1 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 8 gal. 52 lbs. Nitro-30 is an environmentally sound product. You can apply lower nitrogen rates than with granular products while achieving better results.

Do NOT store below 32o F for long periods of time. Freezing temperatures will cause Nitro-30 to become viscous and coagulate. If frozen, place in warmer temperatures and mix with warm water Nitro-30 will regain its normal fluid state. Freezing does not affect the agronomic quality of this product. Bulk Storage: Nitro-30 can be stored in polypropylene, fiberglass, stainless or mild steel tanks. Heat does not affect this product. Recommended storage temperature for Nitro-30 is 40o F and above. When stored outside for long periods of time in temperatures <32o F it is recommended to dilute the concentrate with water by 10-15% to assure fluidity. If outside temperature is less than 20o F, store inside warehouse. Nitro-30 SRN does not require any special agitation. It is not corrosive to most metals with a slightly alkaline pH and can be used through any irrigation or spray equipment. Dilution: Nitro-30 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium and phosphates or pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Nitro-30 SRN must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. Do not mix concentrated technical materials together without first diluting with water. Care should be taken when blending Nitro-30 SRN with highly acidic materials such as phosphoric acid or ammonium sulfate. Neutralize these materials to a pH of 7 or above. Potassium

TREES & ORNAMENTALS :

The nitrogen release period for deep root injection extends 3 to 6 months depending on soil and climate conditions. There is no danger of phytotoxicity. No special agitation is required. For trees, apply 1 lb. Nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft. (under canopy). Inject 4"-8" below soil surface, into root zone, with correctly calibrated tree fertilizer injection equipment. For ornamentals, apply 3/4 lb. Nitrogen twice a year as a soil drench.

GREENHOUSE & NURSERY:

Nitro-30 is a high quality, concentrated slow release nitrogen solution. It has the lowest salt index of any nitrogen source at 04. It is ideal for both supplement feeding and constant feed of nursery stock for both foliar and root uptake. This clear liquid can

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

3.5 oz. per gallon of water (100 ml in 4 L water) be injected through fertigation, drip irrigation or overhead sprinkler systems. For Supplemental Feeding: Use between applications of granular coated fertilizer to level off nutrients that are often not available or depleted because of adverse weather conditions. This will extend nutrient availability at the end of feeding cycle to avoid costly hand topdressing. Apply at the end of growing cycle prior to shipment, as a final feed to avoid labor, waste and spillage. For Constant Feed: Use on all nursery stock, potted and containerized plants as both foliar or root feeding. 1:100

Blending Instructions with Urea 50% Nitro-30 with 50% Urea in 100 Gal. of Tank Mix 1/3 lb. Nitrogen per 1,000 Sq. Ft. If you Apply

Apply every 2-4 weeks.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

phosphate, potassium chloride, potassium nitrate, urea and urea ammonium nitrate or phosphorus solutions may be readily blended with Nitro-30 SRN after dilution with water. The following mixing procedures should be used after Nitro-30 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next and apply all of the mixture that day. Nitro-30 can be mixed with copper based fungicides.

FIRST AID

Call a poison center or doctor if you feel unwell: Rinse mouth. Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present IF IN EYES: and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Immediately call a poison center/doctor. Remove contaminated clothing and wash skin IF ON SKIN: with plenty of soap and water. If skin irritation occurs, get medical advice/attention. Call a poison center or doctor if you feel IF INHALED: unwell. You may also contact 1-800-992-5994 day or night for emergency treatment information. If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand (P101), Keep out of reach of children (P102), Read label before use (P103). STORAGE: Keep container tightly closed. May be stored in unheated area, but keep from freezing. Store in areas inaccessible to children and pets. DISPOSAL: Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Do not reuse container. IF SWALLOWED:

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Condition of Sale and Warranty: Growth Products, Ltd. warrants that the product conforms to its chemical description and is reasonably fit for the purpose stated on the label only when used in accordance with label directions under normal conditions of use. Handling, storage and use of the product by Buyer or User are beyond the control of Growth Products, Ltd. and Seller. Risks such as crop injury or other unintended consequences resulting from, but not limited to, weather or soil conditions, presence of other materials, disease, pests, drift to other crops or property, or failure to follow label directions will be assumed by Buyer or User. IN NO CASE WILL GROWTH PRODUCTS, LTD. OR SELLER BE HELD LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE HANDLING, STORAGE OR USE OF THIS PRODUCT.

The following precautionary statements and pictograms are based on The Globally Harmonized System of Classifications and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS) and are mandated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626 8

www.GrowthProducts.com

NITRO+K 22-0-16 • A CRYSTAL CLEAR TRUE SOLUTION • IDEAL FOR FAIRWAY APPLICATIONS • BALANCED RATIO OF N TO K GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

82% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN With POTASSIUM CARBONATE

• NO NITRATES/ NO CHLORIDES • DOES NOT LEACH OR VOLATILIZE • DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT UPTAKE

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22% 4% Urea Nitrogen 18% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16% Derived From: Low biuret Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate. *82% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Tees & Greens

Weight per gallon: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.5 1 gallon contains . . 2.6 lbs. nitrogen and 1.9 lbs potassium 1 liter contains . . . . 0.32 kg nitrogen and 0.23 kg potassium

Sod

Application

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 5 - 6 oz. (150 - 191 ml) 12 - 14 oz. (380 - 460 ml) 12 - 14 oz. (380 - 460 ml) 12 - 14 oz. (380 - 460 ml)

Fairways & Roughs

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Sports Turf

Lawn Care

24 oz. (760 ml)

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Frequency Every 7-14 days Apply Every 21 - 35 Days

Apply Monthly Monthly

Apply As Needed

Tees & Greens: Apply to tees at a rate of 1/10 to 1/8 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 to 14 days, with a spray unit, applying no less than 1-2 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 sq.ft. This is the recommended rate for all turfgrass species, including the new varieties of bentgrass, such as A-4 and G-2. Applying slow release nitrogen will limit excess growth, and reduce the buildup of unwanted thatch. Fairways: Apply on fairways at a rate of 1/4 to 1/3 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. every month, with a spray unit, applying no less than 2 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Nitro+K is non-corrosive and can be applied through a fertigation system. The use of a

Nitro+K combines two important elements, nitrogen, & potassium, for quality turf maintenance. This concentrate solution provides the most efficient & reliable sources of nitrogen & potassium. Nitro+K contains a reacted UF polymer (methylene urea), which is a carbon/nitrogen chain. It resists leaching & volatilization, & provides a food source for soil microbes. Nitro+K is a safe & immediately available potassium source. With the adherence properties of this foliar solution, a turf manager can reduce yearly application rates of N & K by up to 40%, making Nitro+K a cost effective fertilizer for tees, greens, & fairways. Since potassium can be quickly absorbed by leaf tissue, turf will respond within a few days of application. The slow release nitrogen provides consistent nitrogen release without producing flush growth. This reduces unwanted thatch & possible disease problems. Flush growth has been shown to contribute to an unhealthy root system. The production of excess shoot growth takes away energy needed by the plant to produce a healthy root system. Nitro+K does not contain any chlorides, nitrates, or sulfates. This is of special importance, since these will build up unwanted salts in the soil, interfering with seed germination & causing severe plant injury.

Turf Applications Nitro+K in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

1/10 lb N 1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N

If You Apply 5 gal per 1,000 FT 20 L per 100 m2 4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2 2

SUGGESTED USES :

Nitro+K liquid fertilizer solution is a safe, low phytotoxic nitrogen/potassium source for all turfgrass applications (including cool, warm & transitional grasses). Nitro+K can be used with other technical materials for foliar applications. It will enhance the adhesion of some fungicides, insecticides, & herbicides (making them rainfast). When used in combination with PGRs, Nitro+K has been shown to reduce the discoloration that commonly occurs with the use of PGRs. Nitro+K is non-corrosive & non-abrasive, & can be used through any fertigation equipment.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

(0.05 Kg N) (0.06 Kg N) (0.12 Kg N) (0.16 Kg N) 0.8 gal 3L 1 gal 4.2 L 1.3 gal 6.3 L 2 gal 8.3 L 3.8 gal 15.6 L

1.0 gal 3.8 L 1.2 gal 5L 1.6 gal 7.5 L 2.3 gal 8.9 L 4.7 gal 18.8 L

2 gal 7.5 L 2.3 gal 10 L 3 gal 15 L 4.7 gal 17.8 L 9.4 gal 37.5 L

www.GrowthProducts.com

2.5 gal 10 L 3 gal 13.3 L 4 gal 20 L 6.2 gal 23.5 L 12.4 gal 5.0 L

of commonly used granular fertilizers. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Although Nitro+K has a pH of 10.5, it is important to note that Nitro+K has an acidifying effect on soil. Be sure to check the labels of your technical products for pH compatibility.

product that contains a high amount of slow release nitrogen has been shown to eliminate surge growth that produces unwanted thatch. Nitro+K can be tank mixed with most pesticides. Applications of 22-0-16, in combination with PGRs, have shown to eliminate the unwanted discoloration that often occurs when PGRs are applied. Due to the dual efficiency (foliar and root absorption) of liquid fertilizers, you should use only 1/2 the rate

STORAGE & HANDLING :

If stored below 32o F Nitro+K will become very viscous. No special agitation is needed. It can be tank mixed with other technical materials. Nitro+K is alkaline (with a pH of 10.5) and compatible with copper-based fungicides. Mixing: Nitro+K must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. Do not mix concentrated technical materials together without first diluting with water. Care should be taken when blending Nitro+K with highly acidic materials such as phosphoric acid or ammonium sulfate. Neutralize these materials to a pH of 7 or above. Potassium phosphate, potassium chloride, potassium nitrate, urea and urea ammonium nitrate or phosphorus solutions may be readily blended with Nitro+K after dilution with water. The following mixing procedures should be used after Nitro+K has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next and apply all of the mixture that day. Nitro+K can be mixed with copper based fungicides.

Turf Applications: Nitro+ K Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Application Nitro+ K Nitrogen Rate Potassium Rate Timing 5 oz 1/10 lb. N 1/14 lb K 1 week release 150 ml 0.05 Kg N 0.03 Kg K rate 6 oz 1/8 lb. N 1/10 lb K 2 weeks release 190 ml 0.06 Kg N 0.04 Kg K rate 12 oz 1/4 lb. N 1/5 lb. K 4 weeks release 380 ml 0.12 Kg N 0.08 Kg K rate 14 oz 1/3 lb. N 1/4 lb. K 6 weeks release 460 ml 0.15 Kg N 0.1 Kg K rate 24 oz 1/2 lb. N 1/3 lb. K 8 weeks release 760 ml 0.24 Kg N 0.17 Kg K rate 36 oz 3/4 lb. N 1/2 lb. K 10 weeks 1.14 l 0.36 Kg N 0.26 Kg K release rate Foliar Spray Soil Drench 1:100

Nursery Applications

1-2 gal. in 100 gallons of water (1-2 L in 100 L water) 1-2 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (8 - 16 ml per liter water)

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N

3.5 oz. per gallon of water (100 ml in 4 L water)

FIRST AID

IF SWALLOWED:

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H302 Harmful if Swallowed H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

THE CLASSIC 18-3-6

LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SRN PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS

• PROVIDES DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT • A TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION

• LOW SALT INDEX • NO NITRATES / NO CHLORIDES

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

warm season grass. 18-3-6 can be safely used on Rye overseeded areas. 18-3-6 is ideal for both foliar spray and soil injection of trees and shrubs. 18-3-6 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides and insecticides. No special agitation is needed.

F106 Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 7.9% Urea Nitrogen 1.1% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 9.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly ammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% Slowly Available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-3-6 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can begin in early spring and continue through fall at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L) every 4-10 week intervals, (or as needed) per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.) Tees & Greens: Apply 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) on greens and tees per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 - 14 days with a spray unit applying no less than 1-2 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the recommended rate for Bentgrass greens and tees. 18-3-6 is Application

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22 kg nitrogen Potential acidity equivalent to 573 lbs. Calcium Carbonate per ton.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Growth Products 18-3-6 with 50% Slow Release Nitrogen plus micronutrients is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-P-K raw materials and micronutrients to assure a safe, reliable and efficient product. 18-3-6 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up and 50% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 18-3-6 contains methylene urea from Nitro-30 (MDU), which resists leaching and provides a release over 8-12 weeks. The phosphorus and potassium are readily available for both foliar and root uptake. The K is a non-chloride source. 18-3-6 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 183-6 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

Frequency

Every 7-14 Days Apply Every 21 - 28 Days

Apply Monthly Apply Monthly

Apply As Needed

Turf Applications: 18-3-6 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-3-6 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 7 oz 1/10 lb. N 1 week release rate 214 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 267 ml 0.06 Kg N 17 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 535 ml 0.12 Kg N 22 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 649 ml 0.14 Kg N 34 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1L 0.24 Kg N 50 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.6 L 0.36 Kg N

SUGGESTED USES :

Growth Products 18-3-6 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue and

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 7 - 8 oz. Tees & Greens (214 - 267 ml) Fairways & 17 - 20 oz. Roughs (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sports Turf (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sod (535 - 642 ml) Lawn Care 10 - 20 oz.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Turf Applications 18-3-6 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

compatible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-3-6 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady and continuous source of nutrients.

If You Apply

TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :

4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2

Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index and resists leaching. 18-3-6 is a true solution and is ideal for root injection and for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment.

1/10 lb N (0.05 Kg N) 1.3 gal 5.8 L 1.8 gal 8.7 L 2.6 gal 11.7 L 5.3 gal 22 L

1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N (0.06 Kg N) (0.12 Kg N) (0.16 Kg N) 1.6 gal 3.3 gal 4.3 gal 7L 14.0 L 18.6 L 2.2 gal 4.4 gal 5.8 gal 10.5 L 21 L 28 L 3.3 gal 6.6 gal 8.7 gal 12.4 L 24.8 L 32.8 L 6.6 gal 13 gal 17.3 gal 26.2 L 52.5 L 69.9 L

Tree Care DBH Method

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-3-6 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level

DILUTION & MIXING :

18-3-6 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water, or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. High quality buffers allow 18-3-6 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-3-6 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.

Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2

Quantity 18-3-6 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 0.25 gal 0.5 gal 1 gal 100 0.3 gal 0.6 gal 1.3 gal 150 0.5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 0.6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2-2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

FIRST AID

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

80 80Lafayette LafayetteAvenue Avenue White WhitePlains Plains NY NY 10603 10603 (800) (800)648-7626 648-7626 www.GrowthProducts.com www.GrowthProducts.com 12

THE CLASSIC 18-0-6

PHOSPHATE FREE With 50% SRN PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS • PROVIDES DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT • A TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• LOW SALT INDEX • NO PHOSPHATES - NO NITRATES - NO CHLORIDES

F106

ed areas. 18-0-6 is ideal for both foliar spray and soil injection of trees and shrubs. 18-0-6 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides and insecticides. No special agitation is needed.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 7.9% Urea Nitrogen 1.1% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 9.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-0-6 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can begin in early spring and continue through fall at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L) in 4-10 week intervals, (or as needed) per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.) Tees & Greens: Apply 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) on greens and tees per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 - 14 days, with a spray unit, applying no less than 1-2 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the recommended rate for Bentgrass greens and tees. 18-0-6 is

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Application

Tees & Greens Fairways & Roughs

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Sports Turf

Growth Products 18-0-6 with 50% Slow Release Nitrogen plus micronutrients is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-K raw materials and micronutrients to assure a safe, reliable and efficient product. 18-0-6 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up and 50% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 180-6 contains methylene urea from Nitro-30 (MDU), which resists leaching and provides a release over 8-12 weeks. The potassium is readily available for both foliar and root uptake and is a non chloride source. 18-0-6 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 18-0-6 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

Sod

Lawn Care

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 7 - 8 oz. (214 - 267 ml) 17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 10 - 20 oz. (1L)

Frequency Every 7-14 days

Apply every 21 - 28 days Apply Monthly Apply Monthly

Apply As Needed

Turf Applications: 18-0-6 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-3-6 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 7 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly 214 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 267 ml 0.06 Kg N 17 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 535 ml 0.12 Kg N 22 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 649 ml 0.14 Kg N 34 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1L 0.24 Kg N 50 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.6 L 0.36 Kg N

SUGGESTED USES :

Growth Products 18-0-6 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue and warm season grass. 18-0-6 can be safely used on Rye overseed-

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Turf Applications 18-0-6 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

compatible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-0-6 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady and continuous source of nutrients.

If You Apply

TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :

4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2

Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index and resists leaching. 18-0-6 is a true solution and is ideal for root injection and for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment.

DILUTION

AND

1/10 lb N (0.05 Kg N) 1.3 gal 5.8 L 1.8 gal 8.7 L 2.6 gal 11.7 L 5.3 gal 22 L

Tree Care DBH Method

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-0-6 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level

MIXING :

18-0-6 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. High quality buffers allow 18-0-6 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-0-6 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.

Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2

Quantity 18-0-6 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 0.25 gal 0.5 gal 1 gal 100 0.3 gal 0.6 gal 1.3 gal 150 0.5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 0.6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2 - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

FIRST AID

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

80 80Lafayette LafayetteAvenue Avenue White WhitePlains Plains NY NY 10603 10603 (800) (800)648-7626 648-7626 www.GrowthProducts.com www.GrowthProducts.com 14

PRO-FORMANCE ULTRA ™

(18-3-6) A PREMIUM FOLIAR GREENS PRODUCT With ORGANIC ENHANCERS

•FOR ADVANCED FOLIAR UP-TAKE •NO SURGE GROWTH •SUPERIOR ABSORPTION

•COMPLETE ANALYSIS - EIGHT NUTRIENTS •WITH ORGANICS TO ENHANCE SOIL CONDITIONS •ENHANCES MICROBIAL ACTIVITY

G UARANTEED A NALYSIS :

saponins that enhance cell-wall permeability, which quickens and increases nutrient uptake. For soil applications, Pro-Formance Ultra provides organic food sources for beneficial soil microbes resulting in improved soil conditions.

F106 Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 10.8% Urea Nitrogen 1.2% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 0.6% Nitrogen from Hydrolysate Protein 5.4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Calcium (Ca) Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly Ammonium Phosphate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Magnesium EDTA, Zinc EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA, Enzymatically Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Saccharides, Maltose, Dextrin, Yucca schidigera, Potassium Humate (derived from Leonardite), Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) *30% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Foliar Application Rates: Pro-Formance Ultra

Grass

Cool Season Turf Warm Season Turf

4 - 6 oz per 1,000 ft (190 ml per 100 m2)

Application Timing

8 oz per 1,000 ft2 (255 ml per 100 m2)

Weekly Weekly

Apply with 1/2 to 2 gallons of water per 1,000 ft2 (2-6 L per 100 m2)

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Keep from freezing. Must shake or mix well before use. Mixing: Dilute with sufficient water to ensure adequate soil drench. Put half the water in the tank and add Pro-Formance Ultra. The following mixing procedure should be followed after ProFormance Ultra has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing Pro-Formance Ultra with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

2% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Essential L-Amino Acids 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Protein Hydrolysate (from Soy) 0.15% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Simple and Complex Sugars

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.58 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen

The following precautionary statements and pictograms are based on The Globally harmonized System of Classifications and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS) and are mandated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

WARNING

Pro-Formance Ultra is foliar fertilizer specially formulated for high maintenance greens. This premium product gives the superintendent a product that foliar feeds eight important nutrients. ProFormance Ultra also contains “organic enhancers” that increase nutrient absorption into the leaf tissue. It contains our exclusive organic spreader/ sticker to ensure long lasting adherence to leaf tissue regardless of weather conditions. It contains natural

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation Manufactured in the USA by:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

PRO-BALANCE 15-2-15

With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN PLUS

MICRONUTRIENTS

• EQUAL NITROGEN / POTASSIUM RATIO • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT FEEDING • REQUIRES NO MIXING OR AGITATION

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION • DOES NOT LEACH OR VOLATILIZE • DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT UPTAKE

F106

gallon of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Tank Mixing: High quality buffers allow 15-2-15 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. 152-15 must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedure should be

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 7.5% Urea Nitrogen 7.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P 0 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K O) . 2. . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% Copper (Cu) . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly ammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Fairways & Roughs

19 - 25 oz. (295 - 740 ml)

Lawn Care

38 oz. (1.12 L)

Tees & Greens Sports Turf & Sod

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Frequency

7 - 10 oz. (295 - 560 ml)

Every 7-14 days

19 - 25 oz. (295 - 740 ml)

Apply Monthly

Apply Monthly Apply every 6-8 weeks

Turf Applications 15-2-15 in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12 lbs. (1.33 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

15-2-15 Pro-Balance with 50% SRN is produced from high quality technical and food grade raw materials. 15-2-15 is safe for both turf and horticultural applications, and is a reliable source of both N and K. 15-2-15 contains soluble, readily available potassium for immediate plant uptake to maintain sufficient potassium levels. Nutrients are absorbed both through the leaves and roots. Potassium improves the stand of stalk and increases disease resistance. 15-2-15 provides an optimal 1 to 1 ratio of N and K which is important when turf cannot use high levels of Phosphorus. No special agitation is required. 15-2-15 does not contain chlorides which can cause salt buildup. Potassium is known to improve winter hardiness of turf grass. University research indicates the importance of maintaining good potassium levels as it relates to drought tolerance. Application is suggested where soil levels of potassium are marginal, and annual applications of 2 lbs of potassium per 1,000 sq. ft. may be required.

1/10 lb N 1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N

If You Apply 3 gal per 1,000 FT 10 L per 100 m

(0.05 Kg N) (0.06 Kg N) (0.12 Kg N) (0.16 Kg N)

2 gal per 1,000 FT2

2 gal

2.5 gal

5 gal

6.6 gal

3 gal

3.7 gal

7.5 gal

10 gal

6 gal

7.5 gal

15 gal

19.8 gal

10 L

7.5 L per 100 m2

13.3 L

4 L per 100 m2

25 L

1 gal per 1,000 FT2

12 L

14.2 L 30 L

24 L

28.4 L 60 L

32 L

37.4 L

15-2-15 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

80 L

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 15-2-15

Nitrogen Rate

Application Timing

10 oz 305 ml

1/8 lb. N 60g N

2 weeks release rate

1/2 lb. N 240g N

8 weeks release rate

8 oz 244 ml

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

The following recommendations are made for warm season, transitional and cool season grasses such as: Bermuda, Bent, Kentucky Blue, Centipede, Perennial Rye, St. Augustine, Bahia and Zoysiagrass. 15-2-15 Pro-Balance is compatible with most other turf insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. 15-2-15 can be used in place of granular and soluble materials, providing a steady, even supply of nutrients. Apply at a rate of no less than 2

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Application

19 oz 610 ml 38 oz 1.2 L

10603 (800) 648-7626

1/10 lb. N 50g N 1/4 lb. N 120g N

Weekly

4 weeks release rate

www.GrowthProducts.com

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

1:100 100 PPM N 4.5 oz. per gal water (133 ml) used after 15-2-15 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture the same day.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

PRO-BALANCE 15-0-15

With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN PLUS

MICRONUTRIENTS

• EQUAL NITROGEN / POTASSIUM RATIO • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT FEEDING • REQUIRES NO MIXING OR AGITATION

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION • PHOSPHORUS FREE TO COMPLY REGULATIONS

F106

LOCAL

with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. 150-15 must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedure should be

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 7.5% Urea Nitrogen 7.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% Copper (Cu) . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Application

Foliar Turf Applications

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Tees & Greens

Weight per gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12 lbs. (1.33 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Frequency

7 - 10 oz. (295 - 560 ml)

Every 7-14 days

19 - 25 oz. (295 - 740 ml)

Apply Monthly

Fairways & Roughs

19 - 25 oz. (295 - 740 ml)

Lawn Care

38 oz. (1.12 L)

Sports Turf & Sod

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Apply Monthly

Apply every 6-8 weeks

Turf Applications 15-0-15 in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

15-0-15 with 50% SRN is produced from high quality technical and food grade raw materials. 15-0-15 is safe for both turf and horticultural applications, and is a reliable source of both N and K. 15-0-15 contains soluble, readily available potassium for immediate plant uptake to maintain sufficient potassium levels. Nutrients are absorbed both through the leaves and roots. Potassium improves the stand of stalk and increases disease resistance. 15-0-15 provides an optimal 1 to 1 ratio of N and K which is important when turf cannot use high levels of Phosphorus. No special agitation is required. 15-0-15 does not contain chlorides which can cause salt buildup. Potassium is known to improve winter hardiness of turf grass. University research indicates the importance of maintaining good potassium levels as it relates to drought tolerance. Application is suggested where soil levels of potassium are marginal, and annual applications of 2 lbs of potassium per 1,000 sq. ft. may be required.

If You Apply 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2

1/10 lb N

1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N

(0.05 Kg (0.06 Kg (0.12 Kg (0.16 Kg N) N) N) N) 2 gal 2.5 gal 5 gal 6.6 gal 10 L 12 L 24 L 32 L 3 gal 3.7 gal 7.5 gal 10 gal 13.3 L 14.2 L 28.4 L 37.4 L 6 gal 7.5 gal 15 gal 19.8 gal 25 L 30 L 60 L 80 L

15-0-15 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 15-0-15 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 8 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly 244 ml 50g N 10 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 305 ml 60g N 19 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 610 ml 120g N 38 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1.2 L 240g N

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

The following recommendations are made for warm season, transitional and cool season grasses such as: Bermuda, Bent, Kentucky Blue, Centipede, Perennial Rye, St. Augustine, Bahia and Zoysiagrass. 15-0-15 is compatible with most other turf insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. 15-0-15 can be used in place of granular and soluble materials, providing a steady, even supply of nutrients. Apply at a rate of no less than 2 gallon of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Tank Mixing: High quality buffers allow 15-0-15 to be blended

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WITH

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

1:100 100 PPM N 4.5 oz. per gal water (133 ml) used after 15-0-15 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture the same day.

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-29-26

100% PURE PHOSPHORUS ACID

•INCREASES ROOT MASS •AIDS IN BLOOM SET •REDUCES ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS

• HIGHLY MOBILE WITHIN PLANT AND TRANSLOCATED •COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER TECHNICAL MATERIALS

F106

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

Available Phosphoric Acid as P2O5 (AOAC Method 960.02) . . . 29% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26% Derived From: phosphorous acid, potassium hydroxide.

Application

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . .6.875 lbs of phosphite Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.82 kg of phosphite

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Outside Nursery & Tree Farm, Field Grown Applications

“TKO” Phosphite™ (0-29-26) is a highly concentrated P/K nutrient solution containing mono and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid. This clear solution is highly soluble and is rapidly absorbed into the plant tissue. It can be absorbed either through leaf tissue or roots, quickly correcting deficiencies and improving plant growth and vigor. Phosphite nutrients are known to improve turf quality and over all plant growth. “TKO” Phosphite can be used as soil and / or foliar application. Phosphorus is second only, in importance, to nitrogen and is known to play a key role in photosynthesis and root development. It has a near neutral pH and low salt index, so it is safe for all horticulture and turf applications, with very little leaching or possibility of injury to plant tissue and roots, safely supplying nutrients without detrimental environmental effects.

9 oz 280 ml

1/4 lb. P 0.12 Kg P

1/5 lb. K 0.1 Kg K

4 oz 140 ml 11 oz 337 ml 18 oz 560 ml

1/8 lb. P 0.06 Kg P 1/3 lb. P 0.15 Kg P 1/2 lb. P 0.24 Kg P

1/10 lb. K 0.54 Kg K 1/4 lb. K 0.13 Kg K

0.45 lb. K 0.22 Kg K

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Continuous Feed: 6 oz per 100 gallons of water (45 ml per 100 L water) Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375500 ml per 100 gallons water)

Repeat Every 1430 days during active growing season

Repeat the application every 30 days or as needed. Apply after transplanting

Transplanting: Soak plug tray or Soil Drench:12-24 fl oz per foliar spray after transplanting 100 gal of water or ⅛ - ¼ fl oz per gal water (94-188 ml Greenhouse per 100 L water or 1-2 ml Propagation and Maintenance: per L water) Apply at 2-4 week Overhead: 1-2 pints intervals and per 100 gal water. (100-200 repeat as needed. ml per 100 L water) Drip: 1-2 pints per 100 gal water (100-200 ml per 100 liters water)

Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Potassium Rate

Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water)

Frequency / Notes

Foliar Spray: 1-2 quarts per 100 gal water or ⅛ - ¼ fl oz per gal water. (250-500 ml per 100 L water or 3-5 ml per L water)

Turf Applications: Phosphite Phosphorous/Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml) Phosphorus Rate

Rate

Warm & 3-5 fl oz in a minimum of 2 Cool Season gal water per 1,000 ft2 Turf (88-147 ml per 100 m2) Applications

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 (Mono- and Di-Potassium Salts of Phosphorous Acid) CAS# 13977-65-6, CAS# 13492-26-7

Rate

Foliar Spray Recommendations

Ferns

1-4 pints per acre (1-5 liters per hectare)

10603 (800) 648-7626

Apply after ferns are developed. Repeat every 30 days

www.GrowthProducts.com

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Caution: Do not apply together with copper containing products. Avoid application of copper containing products 20 days prior to the application of “TKO” Phosphite and for 10 days after the application of “TKO” Phosphite. Do not use surfactants or adjuvants with this product. Mixing: High quality buffers allow “TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. Always use a jar test before mixing chemicals in your tank. The following mixing procedures should be used after “TKO” Phosphite 029-26 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-0-26

100% PURE PHOSPHORUS ACID

•INCREASES ROOT MASS •AIDS IN BLOOM SET •REDUCES ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

•COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER TECHNICAL MATERIALS • PHOSPHORUS FREE TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS

F106

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26% Derived From: phosphorous acid, potassium hydroxide.

“TKO” Phosphite™ (0-0-26) is a highly concentrated nutrient solution containing mono- and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid. This clear solution is highly soluble and is rapidly absorbed into the plant tissue. It can be absorbed either through leaf tissue or roots, quickly correcting deficiencies and improving plant growth and vigor. Phosphite nutrients are known to improve turf quality and over all plant growth. “TKO” Phosphite can be used as soil and / or foliar application. It has a near neutral pH and low salt index, so it is safe for all horticulture and turf applications, with very little leaching or possibility of injury to plant tissue and roots, safely supplying nutrients without detrimental environmental effects.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.25 lbs. potassium Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.39 kg potassium (Mono- and Di-Potassium Salts of Phosphorous Acid) CAS# 13977-65-6, CAS# 13492-26-7 Application

Foliar Spray Recommendations Rate

Warm & 3-5 fl oz in a minimum Cool Season of 2 gal water per Turf 1,000 ft2 Applications (88-147 ml per 100 m2)

Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water)

Frequency / Notes

Turf Applications: Phosphite Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Repeat Every 14-30 days during active growing season

Apply at desired Potassium rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) H3PO3 Rate Phosphite Potassium Rate 1/8 lb. H3PO3 4 oz 1/10 lb. K (60 g) 140 ml 0.54 Kg K 1/4 lb. H3PO3 9 oz 1/5 lb. K (122 g) 280 ml 0.1 Kg K 1/3 lb. H3PO3 11 oz 1/4 lb. K (146 g) 337 ml 0.13 Kg K H PO 1/2 lb. 18 oz 0.45 lb. K 3 3 (244 g) 560 ml 0.22 Kg K

Outside Repeat the application Continuous Feed: 6 oz Nursery & every 30 days or as Tree Farm, per 100 gallons of water needed. Apply after Field Grown (45 ml per 100 L water) transplanting Applications Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375-500 ml per 100 gallons water)

Greenhouse Foliar Spray Only

Ferns

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Caution: Do not apply together with copper containing products. Avoid application of copper containing products 20 days prior to the application of “TKO” Phosphite and for 10 days after the application of “TKO” Phosphite. Do not use surfactants or adjuvants with this product. Mixing: High quality buffers allow “TKO” Phosphite 0-0-26 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. Always use a jar test before mixing chemicals in your tank. The following mixing procedures should be used after “TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.

Transplanting: Mix 3 oz Soak plug tray or foliar in 2.5 gallons of water spray after (88 ml in 10 L water) transplanting

Propagation: 1 oz in 2.5 Apply at 2nd leaf gallons of water stage, and then every (30 ml in 10 L water) 10-14 day intervals

Maintenance: 0.3 - 1 Apply at 10-14 day ounce in 2.5 gallons of intervals to supplement water (9-30 ml in 10 L nutrient requirements water) 1-2 quarts per acre (2.3 - 4.6 liters per hectare)

Apply after ferns are developed.Repeat every 30 days

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NITRO-22 + SULFUR

With 40% SMART NITROGEN & 4% SULFUR • ECONOMICAL NITROGEN FOR LAWN CARE • READILY AVAILABLE SULFUR GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

•CORRECTS SOIL ALKALINITY •BENEFITS OF SRN - THE SMART NITROGEN™

F106

Fertilizers, 8. Spray adjuvants.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22% 3.5% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 10.5% Urea Nitrogen 8.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Ammonium sulfate. *40% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.34 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.24 Kg 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2 lbs. N 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.41 kg N pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 Salt Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Application

Rate

Apply 1 – 2 gallons per acre (3 – 6 oz. per Fairways, 1,000 sq. ft.) every 14 to 28 days during active Roughs, Sports growth period. Apply in a minimum of 65 - 86 Turf gallons of water per acre (minimum of 1 1/2 2 gallons of water per 1,000 sq. ft). Fertigation / Can be applied 5 gal per acre monthly during Athletic Fields growth period.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Nitro-22+S combines the benefits of slow release nitrogen & reduced leaching with cost-effective economics of ammonium sulfate. It provides quick absorption by the plant resulting in greener turf. Apply from early spring, when soil temperatures are low, through fall. Nitro-22+S has a neutral to slightly basic (7.58) pH & is a clear liquid solution, containing 2.2 lbs. nitrogen in every gallon, with sulfur for enhanced greening. Nitrogen & sulfur are important components of proteins. Sulfur deficiency can affect the plant’s ability to utilize nitrogen for protein synthesis. When applied to soils, Nitro-22+S immediately decomposes to quickly give available sulfur (SO4-2). This sulfur is immediately available for plant uptake, whereas elemental sulfur (S) must undergo oxidation for longer term release. The advantage of Nitro-22+S is that the sulfur needed for plant growth becomes available over several weeks & will also help reduce the pH of soils that are too alkaline. Trials have indicated that with adequate amounts of nitrogen and sulfur, certain diseases are reduced on turf.

Lawn Care

Apply 5 gallons per acre every 30 days

Nitro-22 Pounds of Nutrients per Liquid Ounce

Apply at desired Nitrogen/Sulfur Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Nitro-22 Nitrogen Sulfur 1 7.3 oz /8 lb. N 0.02 lb. S 215 ml 0.06 Kg N 9 grams S 1 15 oz /4 lb. N 0.03 lb. S 429 ml 0.11 Kg N 14 grams S 1 19 oz /3 lb. N 0.05 lb. S 566 ml 0.15 Kg N 23grams S 1 29 oz /2 lb. N 0.07 lb. S 858 ml 0.23 Kg N 32 grams S 2 38 oz /3 lb. N 0.09 lb. S 1.1 L 0.3 Kg N 41 grams S

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Nitro-22+S is a cost effect nitrogen source for lawn care & fairways. Apply at a rate of 1/4 lb N per 1,000 sq. ft. every 2 weeks, giving quick greening. Do not mix Nitro-22 with acids or other acidic materials below a pH of 5. Prior to any fertilizer or pesticide application, all spray mixing & application equipment must be cleaned. Carefully observe all cleaning directions on the pesticide & fertilizer label. Fill the sprayer or mix tank at least half full with water & begin agitation. Add pesticides and/or fertilizers as directed by labeling or in the following sequence: 1. Dry flowables or water dispersible granules, 2. Wettable powders, 3. Flowables, 4. Emulsifiable concentrates, 5. Wa t e r based solutions, 6. Compatibility agents, 7. Micronutrients and

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

RECOVER RX™ (3-18-18)

RX FOLIAR FORMULATION WITH SALICYLIC ACID, PHOSPHITE AND PHOSPHATE SOURCES

• A BLEND OF PHOSPHITE & PHOSPHATE • IMPORTANT FOR PLANT GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT

• INDUCES THERMOTOLERANCE (AGAINST HEAT SHOCK) • HELPS PLANT RECOVER FROM STRESS DAMAGE

F106

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

Total Nitrogen(N) ...........................................................3% 3% Ammoniacal Nitrogen Available Phosphoric Acid (P2O5) .................................18% Water Soluble Potash (K20) ..........................................18% Derived from: Polyammonium phosphate, phosphoric acid, potassium hydroxide, potassium phosphite and mono-potassium Phosphate.

Application

0.5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salicylic Acid

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight Per Gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8 (1.14 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Recover RX 3-18-18 is a highly soluble foliar, low salt index formulation. It is a unique blend of both potassium phosphite and phosphate sources to improve plant development and reduce susceptibility to various stress, while avoiding development of phosphorus-deficiency symptoms. It is rapidly absorbed into all plant tissues: leaves, stems, roots and branches. It also contains salicylic acid which is ubiquitous naturally in all plants; abiotic and biotic stress reducer. It is involved in directing plant growth, in association with metabolism. It improves the plant’s ability to survive under environmental stress such as heat, drought, salinity, cold / frost. When applied to newly seeded areas it improves seed tolerance to cold temperatures. With dramatic increases in summer temperatures for long periods, SA activates the plant’s THERMOTOLERANCE (heat shock). It is also known to reduce the

If You Apply 3 gal per 1,000 FT2

Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375-500 ml per 100 gallons water)

(0.05 Kg) (0.06 Kg) (0.12 Kg) (0.16 Kg) 2 gal

4 gal

5.2 gal

2 gal per 1,000 FT

2.4 gal

3 gal

6 gal

8 gal

1 gal per 1,000 FT2

4.7 gal

12 gal

15.5 gal

10 L per 100 m2

7.5 L per 100 m2 4 L per 100 m2

Transplanting: Mix 1 - 2 Soak plug tray or foliar oz per gallon water (8 spray after 16 ml in 1 L water) transplanting

1/3 lb. P/K

1.6 gal 6L

7.5 L

11.3 L

17.7 L

22.7 L

6 gal

15 L

22.7 L 45 L

Greenhouse Foliar Spray Only

20 L

Propagation: 1/2 - 1 oz Apply at 2nd leaf per 1 gallon water stage, and then every (4 - 8 ml in 1L water) 10-14 day intervals Maintenance: 1/2 -2 oz Apply at 10-14 day per gallon water intervals to supplement (4 -16 ml per 1 L water) nutrient requirements

30 L 59 L

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Repeat Every 14-30 days during active growing season

Outside Continuous Feed: 6 oz Repeat the application Nursery & per 100 gallons of every 30 days or as Tree Farm, water (45 ml per 100 L needed. Apply after Field Grown water) transplanting Applications

Turf Applications Recover RX in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix P/K Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 1/4 lb. P/K

Frequency / Notes

Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

1/8 lb. P/K

Rate

Warm & 3-5 fl oz in a minimum Cool Season of 2 gal water per Turf 1,000 FT2 (88-147 ml Applications per 100 m2)

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

1/10 lb. P/K

Foliar Spray Recommendations

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

toxic effects of heavy metals.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Recover RX can be used on all types of turf grasses, trees and shrubs, annuals and perennials, from early spring until late fall. Late fall applications are recommended to improve the turf or plantâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tolerance to cold. NOT FOR USE ON FOOD CROPS.

Tree Care DBH / Root Injection Method

Recover RX per 100 Gal of Water 3 qts.

per Inch DBH* of tank mix 3 gallons

For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. For stress and disease pressure, minimum application of twice per year. Always measure diameter at 41/2 feet above ground level.

*Diameter at breast height = DBH

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

Harmful if swallowed Causes Skin Irritation Causes Serious Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

ARBOR CARE 15-8-4 • NO CLOGGING, ABRASION OR MIXING • A TRUE SOLUTION FOR ROOT INJECTION • SAFE! NO PHYTOTOXICITY

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

With 40% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN Plus MICRONUTRIENTS • IDEAL FOR EVERGREENS • FORMULATED FOR COMPLETE TREE FERTILIZATION WITH N-P-K AND MICROS

F106

of 2 - 3 gal. of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Foliar Rates: Mix 1 oz. of Arbor Care in 1 gallon of water and ray until runoff.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 8.0% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 6.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05%Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Monoammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Zinc EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA *40% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Tree Care DBH / Root Injection Method

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH

15-8-4 per 100 Gal of Water

1/12 (0.08 lb)

2.5 Gallons

1/18 (0.05 Lb) 1/6 (0.16 lb)

5 Gallons

Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter at breast height (DBH). Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level

Application Rate 2 - 3 gal per 1,000 sq. ft.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . .. .10.67 lbs. (1.27 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 lbs nitrogen

Tank Size

Arbor Care 15-8-4 with micros is made from only the highest quality N-P-K sources and micros. Arbor Care provides a continuous steady source of slow release nitrogen from methylene diurea (MDU) along with soluble, non-chloride potassium. The N release period, when used for deep root injection, extends 3 to 6 months depending on the soil and climate conditions. There is no danger of phytotoxicity. Arbor Care is a TRUE SOLUTION, ideal for foliar spray application and soil injection for trees and ornamentals. No special agitation is needed. Arbor Care is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application. Arbor Care has an extremely low salt index.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Quantity of 15-8-4 Per 1,000 FT2 1/2 lb N

1 lb N

150 gal

1.5 gal

3 gal

600 gal

6 gal

100 gal 300 gal 1000 gal

1 gal 3 gal

10 gal

2 gal 6 gal

12 gal 20 gal

For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2 - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

MIXING :

Arbor Care must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. High quality buffers allow Arbor Care to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Arbor Care has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables. 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Tree & Ornamentals: Arbor Care is ideal for soil injection with both deciduous and evergreen trees.

ROOT INJECTION RATES :

Arbor Care should be injected into the top 4" to 8" inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 4 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance beyond the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft to a depth of 4"-8" inches. A minimum

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

1.5 Gallons

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

AUTUMN CARE 6-12-12

With 40% SMART NITROGEN, IRON, MANGANESE,

SUGARS AND ENZYMES

• NO AGITATION REQUIRED, NONABRASIVE • IMPROVES WINTER HARDINESS • BOOSTS CARBOHYDRATE STORAGE

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• IDEAL FOR LOW VOLUME INJECTION • BOOSTED P AND K LEVELS FOR WINTER PREP • SALT FREE POTASSIUM SOURCE

F106

tion. It provides 40% slow release nitrogen that will not leach below feeder roots. No special agitation is required. Autumn Care is not abrasive. Inject no lower than 8" with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. Apply 2 - 3 gallons of tank mix per inch of trunk diameter.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 2.6% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 2.4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% 1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3% 0.3% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Ammonium Polyphosphate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA *2.4% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea.

Tree Care DBH Method

6-12-12 per 100 Gal of Water

1/28 (0.035 lb)

1.75 gallons

1/18 (0.05 lb)

2.5 gallons

Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 41/2 feet above ground level

A LSO C ONTAINS NON -P LANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glucose (Polysaccharide) 0.05% . . . . . . . . .Enzymes (Protease, Amylase, Cellulase)

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Application Rate at 2 - 3 Gal Tank Mix per 1,000 FT2

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 lbs Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.62 lbs nitrogen 1 Liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.58 Kg nitrogen

Tank Size in Gallons

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

100

Autumn Care 6-12-12 is now improved with added sugars, iron, manganese, and vital enzymes to improve stress tolerance, winter hardiness and increase carbohydrate storage. Phosphorus and potassium are critical in fall applications of trees, ornamentals and vines. Autumn Care contains 40% slow release nitrogen (MDU - methylene diurea) from Growth Products exclusive Nitro30 SRN. Safe and reliable with an extremely low salt index for delicate roots. Provides excellent residual N release, does not leach and will remain in the soil for spring uptake. Our potassium is a soluble, non-chloride source. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feeding and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Autumn Care will not settle out of solution and needs no special agitation. It is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment with a near neutral pH. Autumn Care is ideal for IPM units since it is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides. Can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

150 300 600

1000

Quantity 6-12-12

1/3 lb N 2/3 lb P 2/3 lb K

1/2 lb N 1 lb P 1 lb K

2.63 gal

3.75 gal

10.5 gal

15 gal

1.75 gal 5.25 gal 17.5 gal

2.5 gal 7.5 gal 25 gal

For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2 -2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

HANDLING :

Dilution: Autumn Care can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water, or the water to the concentrate. Water should be added prior to adding pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Autumn Care to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Autumn Care has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Trees & Ornamentals: Apply from fall through early winter to all trees, ornamentals and vines. A true solution, ideal for root injec-

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

HH303 May be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

K-BUILDER 7-2-21

LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN

• EASY TO HANDLE AND STORE • LOW SALT INDEX • IMPROVES WINTER HARDINESS

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS • HIGH POTASSIUM FORMULA • NO CHLORIDES!

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7% 3.5% Urea Nitrogen 3.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Polyammonium Phosphate *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Application Boost Potassium Levels

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.88 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.42 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12

Rate

Notes

Apply 7-13 oz in 2-5 gallons of water per 1,000 FT2 (211-422 ml per m2)

Apply every 21-30 days throughout growing season

Resolve Tissue Follow directions Repeat as directed until and/or Soil supplied with tissue or tissue / soil results Deficiencies lab analysis report reach desired level

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

K-Builder 7-2-21 is a high potassium source fertilizer made from only the highest quality N-P-K sources. K-Builder is formulated for year-round fertilization and provides an ideal ratio of potash to nitrogen to improve stress tolerance from traffic, drought and winter. All nutrients are in an available form for the plant’s immediate uptake, so less can be applied. There is no lag time or delay needed for product breakdown. Since all Growth Products fertilizers and micronutrients are true solutions, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feeding and root injection for trees and ornamentals. K-Builder is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. K-Builder is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

Fall Applications to Strengthen Turf

Apply 7-13 oz in 2-5 gallons of water per 1,000 FT2 (211-422 ml per m2)

Begin applications in fall. Apply every 2-4 weeks for a total of 36 applications

K-Builder Potassium/Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce

Apply at desired Potassium Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) K-Builder

Potassium Rate

Nitrogen Rate

13 oz 422 ml

1/4 lb. K 0.12 Kg K

1/12 lb. N 0.04 Kg N

7 oz 211 ml

SUGGESTED USES :

Growth Products’ K-Builder 7-2-21 liquid fertilizer assures you of a safe and uniform source of nutrients for special turf applications because of its low salt index and liquid application. KBuilder liquid blend is ideally suited for year-round and fall applications to boost potassium levels. No special agitation is needed.When temperatures rise above 85o (29o C), use a minimum of 2 gallons of water per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2).

1/8 lb. K 0.06 Kg K

16 oz 506 ml 27 oz 844 ml

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Turf Applications: Since K-Builder contains a 100% soluble form of potassium, apply at lower rates than granular products. Growth Products' K-Builder liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Dilute with water according to desired potassium rate per 1,000 square feet. (See chart for potassium per liquid ounce) Tees & Greens: Apply on tees and greens using desired K rate per 1,000 sq. ft. with a spray unit applying no less than 1.5 gal. of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. K-Builder is compatible with most technical products.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Spray Applications

1/3 lb. K 0.15 Kg K

STORAGE & HANDLING :

1/2 lb. K 0.24 Kg K

1/25 lb. N 0.02 Kg N 1/10 lb. N 0.05 Kg N 1/6 lb. N 0.08 Kg N

Storage: Freezing does not affect the performance of this product. Ice crystals can form below 32° F, but will melt when K-Builder is restored to room temperature after several hours, or is diluted with water. K-Builder is not corrosive or abrasive. This product has a strong ammonia smell, which is normal. Mixing: K-Builder must be first diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. When adding acidic materials

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

first dilute with water and then slowly add acidic materials. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Add products to mix in this order: 1. Wettable powders 2. Flowables. 3. Water solubles 4. Surfactants 5. Emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. It is recommended to apply all of the mixture in one day.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Skin Irritation Causes Serious Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

PALM PRO 12-4-12

FOR ALL TROPICAL LANDSCAPE PLANTS With 60% SRN +MG, MN, FE, CU, ZN, B, PLUS HUMIC ACID AND SUGARS •FOR USE ON ALL PALMS AND TROPICALS •WITH MG, MN & ORGANICS PALMS NEED •FEEDS SMART N FOR THREE TO FOUR MONTHS GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• 100% CHELATED MICROS FOR FAST RESULTS • FAST PLANT RESPONSE • COMBAT A WIDE VARIETY OF DEFICIENCIES

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% 2.8% Urea Nitrogen 2% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 7.2% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03% 0.03% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% 1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn)

Application

Rate

Soil Injection: Mix 1 gal Palm Pro in 100 gal water. Established Palms Landscape Foliar Feeding: 1 oz Areas & in 1 gal water. For Transplant Palms larger sprays mix 3/4 gal in 100 gal water

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

Soil drench: 4 oz in 2 - 5 gal water for smaller palms.

2% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monosaccharides/Polysaccharides 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Ammonium Polyphosphate, Potassium Humate, Simple/complex Sugars, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Magnesium EDTA, Zinc EDTA, Copper EDTA, Boric Acid. Chelating Agent: EDTA *7.2% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Containerized and Field Grown Crops, (including but not limited to): Deciduous and Evergreen Trees, Foliage, Ornamental Grasses, Perennials, Tropicals, Woody Ornamentals

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 lbs.(1.31 Kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 lbs nitrogen

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Palm Pro 12-4-12 can be used on all palm varieties. Many palm species that are not native have special fertility needs and are more susceptible to developing nutrient deficiencies and diseases. Palm Pro can be used for a low water volume palm program as recommended for urban plantings where paved areas make it difficult to apply large volumes of water. Palm Pro/ All Pro has been formulated and tested for low salts so that it will not injure palms. This program utilizes five times less water than a standard program. Be sure to follow all mixing instruction carefully. Established Palms: The vast majority of palms are planted in sandy soils, which have a very low cation capacity and tend to quickly leach nutrients. Established palms require fertilization a

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Palm Program

Low Water Volume Program

Interiorscape

Inject 1 qt mix per injection hole under canopy. Keep 2’-4’ away from trunk. Apply 2-4 times per year. Spray to run off. Apply 2-4 times per year. Apply as a basal drench to 12” from palm base. Apply every 4 months.

Foliar Spray: 1 gallon Thoroughly spray to per 100 gal of water point of run-off. (78- in 100 L water) Apply every 2-4 Rate per gallon: 2½ weeks. 5 oz per gal water Injector Ratio: 10 fl oz Apply monthly or as per gallon of stock needed to tank water. Set supplement injector ratio at 1:100 nutritional (78 ml per liter) requirements. Soil injection for urban areas: Mix 1/2 gal Palm Pro in 40 gals water.

This programs allows you to do a greater number of trees with less water.

Drench pot or Hand watering: 1 oz planter. Fertilize 4 - 6 in 1 gal water. times per year.

10603 (800) 648-7626

Notes

www.GrowthProducts.com

minimum of twice per year, ideally four times per year. Palm Pro has an ideal ratio of nitrogen to potassium, which is essential for healthy palms. Palm Pro contains 60% slow release nitrogen, which is important to maintain a continuous feed of nitrogen. Soil Injection: Begin root injection approximately 2-4 ft. away from trunk. Fertilizer under entire canopy in grid pattern. Inject to a depth of 6” – 8” for trees. Inject at a rate of 1 qt. of tank mix per injection site. Transplant Fertilization: Drench the root ball and soil where planting the palm with Palm Pro. Palms do not like heavy muck or clay soils and soon become water logged. Palm Pro contains humic acid and yucca which will help loosen the clay structure and allow more drainage. Foliar Fertilization: Palm Pro can be used as a foliar supplemental program for normal soil fertilization. Foliar applications will correct deficiencies, however, soil fertilization will provide more long lasting results.

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: Freezing does not affect the performance of this product. Ice crystals can form below 32° F, but will melt when Palm Pro is restored to room temperature after several hours, or is diluted with water. Palm Pro is not corrosive or abrasive. This product has a strong ammonia smell, which is normal. Mixing: Palm Pro must be first diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. When adding acidic materials first dilute with water and then slowly add acidic materials. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Add products to mix in this order: 1. Wettable powders 2. Flowables. 3. Water solubles 4. Surfactants 5. Emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. It is recommended to apply all of the mixture in one day.

FIRST AID

IF SWALLOWED:

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

H303 H316 H320 H335

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NEW

GRO-PRO 12-4-12

FOR ALL TURF GRASS, TREES & LANDSCAPE PLANTS With 60% SRN +MG, MN, FE, CU, ZN, B, PLUS HUMIC ACID AND SUGARS • FOR USE ON ALL TURF GRASSES • MG, MN & ORGANICS SUPPLEMENTS • FEEDS SMART N FOR TWO TO THREE MONTHSF106

• 100% CHELATED MICROS FOR FAST RESULTS • PACKED WITH 12 ESSENTIAL INGREDIENTS! • VISIBLE PLANT RESPONSE AND GREENING

Tees & Greens: Apply to tees at a rate of 1/10 to 1/8 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 to 14 days with a spray unit, applying no less than 1-2 gallons of tank mix, per 1,000 sq.ft. This is the recommended rate for all turfgrass species, including the varieties of bentgrass, such as A-1, A-4 and Seaside II. Applying slow release nitrogen will limit excess growth and reduce the buildup of unwanted thatch. Fairways: Apply on fairways at a rate of 1/4 to 1/3 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft., every month with a spray unit, applying no less than 2 gallons of tank mix, per 1,000 sq. ft. Gro-Pro can be applied through a fertigation system. The use of a product that contains a high amount of slow release nitrogen has been shown to eliminate surge growth that produces unwanted thatch. It can be tank mixed with most pesticides. Soil Injection for Trees and Shrubs: Begin root injection approximately 2-4 ft. away from trunk. Fertilize under entire canopy in grid pattern. Inject to a depth of 6” – 8” for trees. Inject at a rate of 1 qt. of tank mix per injection site. Soil Drench: 4 oz in 2 - 5 gal water for smaller trees. Transplant Fertilization: Use as a drench of root ball and soil when planting trees and shrubs. Gro-Pro contains humic acid and yucca (a natural wetting agent) which will help loosen compacted clay soils and allow more drainage.

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

Turf Applications 12-4-12 in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

If You Apply

Gro-Pro 12-4-12 can be used on all varieties of cool, transitional and warm season grasses. This N-P-K solution is enriched with a blend of organic supplements not contained in conventional fertilizers. It contains 60% Growth Products’ exclusive slow release nitrogen and 6 essential micronutrients. Our exclusive slow release nitrogen acts as a sticker-spreader ensuring coverage of nutrients and beneficial ingredients. It is ideal for embankments and bunker surrounds where water run-off is a concern. Gro-Pro has been formulated and tested for low salts so that it will not injure young turf or plant materials. It can be used for a low water volume spray programs, as recommended for urban plantings, where paved areas make it difficult to apply large volumes of water. This program utilizes five times less water than a standard program. Be sure to follow all mixing instruction carefully.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

1/10 lb N 1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N

3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2

2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m

1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m

10603 (800) 648-7626

(0.05 Kg N)

(0.06 Kg N)

(0.12 Kg N)

(0.16 Kg N)

10 L

12 L

24 L

32 L

2 gal

2.5 gal

5 gal

6.6 gal

3 gal

3.7 gal

7.5 gal

10 gal

6 gal

7.5 gal

15 gal

19.8 gal

13.3 L 25 L

14.2 L 30 L

28.4 L 60 L

www.GrowthProducts.com

37.4 L 80 L

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

STARTER PLUS BLOOMTASTIC 8-32-5 LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN PLUS MICROS

• FOR NEWLY SEEDED AREAS • NO AGITATION NEEDED • PROMOTES ROOTING

• COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS • HIGHLY CONCENTRATED SOLUTION • PACKED WITH OVER 45% NUTRIENTS

F106

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

Turf Applications: 8-32-5 Phosphorus Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8% 1% Urea Nitrogen 3% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% Boron (B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0005% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Polyammonium Phosphate, Phosphoric Acid, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Zinc EDTA, Copper EDTA, Sodium Molybdenum, Boric Acid. Chelating Agent: EDTA *5% slowly available nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 8-32-5 11 oz 245 ml 15 oz 368 ml 22 oz 490 ml

Application Tees & Greens

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7 Potential acidity equivalent to 746 lbs. Calcium Carbonate per ton

11 - 22 oz. (325-650 ml)

Hydroseeding

17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 34 oz. (1L)

Application

Plant Starter, Seed Start, and Plug Starter Bloom Stimulator

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: Store in normal warehouse areas. This product is not affected by freezing temperatures. Starter Plus is slightly acidic. Store in original plastic container. Do not store in mild steel. Mixing: Starter Plus must be first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other pesticides. Be sure to do a jar test. The follow-

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

19 oz. (560 ml)

Lawn Care

Starter Plus 8-32-5 with 50% SRN is a high phosphorus solution, ideal for newly seeded areas. Starter Plus provides a continuous steady source of nitrogen from methylene urea (MDU) along with quickly available nitrogen to promote top growth with limited thatch formation. Both the P and K are readily available to assure good rooting. Starter Plus is ideal for foliar spray applications, hydroseeding and as a soil drench. It is non-clogging and non abrasive to equipment. It is compatible with fungicides, herbicides, and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

1/3 lb. P 0.15 Kg P 1/2 lb. P 0.24 Kg P

Overseeding

Sod

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Phosphorus Rate 1/4 lb. P 0.12 Kg P

Setting Vegetable Plugs into Field Hand Watering

10603 (800) 648-7626

Programs

Frequency

Apply at the time of seeding with no less than 1.5 gal of tank mix. Apply 9 oz every 14 to 28 days until turf is fully established. Apply Monthly. May be tank mixed with seed and slurry mix Apply Monthly

Apply every 6-8 weeks Rate

Set injector at 150 PPM of Phosphorus. (30 ml per Liter water at 1:100 ratio) Foliar Spray: 1 gallon per 100 gallons water. For smaller applications, mix 1 oz per gallon water. (1 L per 100 L water)

1 gallon per 100 gallons water. Apply at time of planting. (1 L per 100 L water) Mix 1/2 - 3/4 teaspoon 8-32-5 per gal water

www.GrowthProducts.com

ing mixing procedures should be used after Starter Plus has been diluted with water: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates.

Nursery Applications

Application

Rate

Notes

Containerized Foliar Spray: 1-2 Crops, Woody and quarts per 100 gallons Thoroughly spray Flowering of water to point of runOrnamentals, (1-2 L in 100 L water) off. Apply every Foliage, FieldRate per gallon water: 2-4 weeks. Grown Nursery 1¼-2½ oz Stock And Trees (2½-5 tbs)

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 1:100

50 PPM Nitrogen 60 PPM Iron 5 PPM Mg, Cu, Mn, Zn

9 oz per gallon of water (266 ml in 4 L water)

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

QUICK RESPONSE 20-3-3

WITH 20% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN

• ECONOMICAL FOR LAWN CARE • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS • FAST GREEN UP

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• CONTAINS SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN • HAPPY CLIENTS SEE LONG LASTING GREEN • QUALITY LAWN CARE PRODUCT

F106

Turf Applications 20-3-3 in 100 Gallons of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% 12.0% Urea Nitrogen 4.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 4.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Diammonium Phosphate, Potassium Carbonate. *20% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

If You Apply

5 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 gal per 1,000 FT

3 gal per 1,000 FT2

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

2 gal per 1,000 FT

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.57 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Application

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Quick Response (20-3-3) 20% Slow Release Nitrogen is a general purpose turf fertilizer solution made from the highest quality NP-K sources. Quick Response contains 20% slow release nitrogen (MDU - methylene urea) from Growth Products' exclusive source, Nitro-30 SRN. Both the phosphorus and potassium are soluble and non-chloride sources. This TRUE SOLUTION is ideal for yearround application on all varieties of turf grasses and root injection for trees and ornamentals. Quick Response will not clog or cause abrasion to equipment and is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application to save time and labor. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are true solutions, no special agitation is needed.

20-3-3

8 oz 266 ml

17 oz 532 ml

20 oz 639 ml 33 oz 1L

50 oz 1.6 L

Nitrogen Rate 1/8 lb. N 0.06 Kg N

1/4 lb. N 0.12 Kg N

1/3 lb. N 0.14 Kg N

1/2 lb. N 0.24 Kg N

3/4 lb.N 0.36 Kg N

2.6 gal

3.4 gal

5.2 gal

2.2 gal

4.4 gal

5.7 gal

8.7 gal

1.6 gal 3.3 gal

3.3 gal 6.5 gal

Rate / 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

Sod Lawn Care Tees & Greens Fairways/ Roughs

HANDLING :

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

1.3 gal

Foliar Turf Applications

Sports Turf

Turf Applications: 20-3-3 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N 1/2 lb. N 4.3 gal 8.6 gal

13 gal

Frequency

17 - 33 oz (532 ml - 1 L)

Apply every 4-8 weeks

33 oz (1 L)

Apply every 8 weeks

17 oz (532 ml)

8 - 17 oz (266 - 532 ml) 17 oz (532 ml)

Apply monthly

Apply every 10-14 days Apply monthly

Dilution: Quick Response can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Quick Response to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Quick Response has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.

Application Timing

2 weeks release rate 4 weeks release rate 6 weeks release rate 8 weeks release rate 10 weeks release rate

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

6.5 gal

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NEW & IMPROVED

TRIPLE 12+

12-12-12 LIQUID FERTILIZER With 42% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN • BALANCED NUTRITIONAL SPRAY • LOW SALT INDEX • SAFE! NO CHLORIDES GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• IDEAL FOR ANNUALS, PERENNIALS & TREES • FAST FOLIAR & ROOT UPTAKE • PACKED WITH 36% NUTRIENTS!

F106

TEES & GREENS :

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% 6.9% Urea Nitrogen 5.1% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium hydroxide, Phosphoric Acid *5.1% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea.

Apply on greens and tees at desired rate (1/10 lb. N to 1/8 lb. N) with a spray unit applying no less than 1 1/2 gallon of mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Triple 12 is compatible with most technical turf products. When mixing with other products be sure to check their dilution rates. Apply every 7 to 21 days or apply along with a summer disease program.

Turf Programs

Application Rate Per 1000 ft2 (100 m2) Notes Cool & Warm 10 - 25 oz Apply every 7 - 28 Season Grasses (318 -796 ml) days Newly Established 25 oz Apply just after Lawns, (796 ml) seeding. Overseeding Apply every 4 - 6 Lawn Care 25 - 30 oz weeks 3.3 gal per acre Apply every 2 Pastures (31 L / Ha) months.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon: ..............................................11.16 lbs Weight per liter .....................................................1.34 Kg pH .............................................................................9.5

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Growth Products Triple 12 (12-12-12) with 42% Slow Release Nitrogen is a perfect balance of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. Triple 12 is made from only the highest quality technical and food grade sources. Growth Products Triple 12 contains 42% Slow Release Nitrogen (MDU - methylene urea) exclusively from Nitro-30 SRN. This combination of three nitrogen sources provides a continuous, steady source of nitrogen that will eliminate dips in the feeding cycle. Both the phosphorus and potassium are readily available for immediate plant utilization. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE LIQUID SOLUTIONS they are ideal for spray applications for turf, as well as foliar feeding and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Triple 12 WILL NOT SETTLE OUT OF SOLUTION. No special agitation is needed. Triple 12 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides, and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.

Turf Applications: Triple 12 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 12-12-12 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 10 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly release rate 318 ml 0.05 Kg N 12 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 382 ml 0.06 Kg N 25 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 796 ml 0.12 Kg N 30 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 955 ml 0.14 Kg N 50 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1.5 L 0.24 Kg N

SUGGESTED USES :

Growth Products Triple 12 Liquid Fertilizer provides you with a safe, reliable and uniform release of nutrients for all special turf applications, including those for bentgrass or rye overseeding. Triple 12 is made specifically for use in fertigation systems. Triple 12 is ideally suited for root injection of trees and shrubs, or for foliar spray applications.

LANDSCAPED BEDS :

Annuals, Perennials and Ornamentals: Triple 12 provides an ideal 1:1:1 ratio for a broad variety of bedding plants. Apply Triple 12 in early spring, or at the time of planting, and repeat application every month. For small areas, mix 3 fluid oz. (6 tablespoons) in a gallon of water and drench soil around plants until runoff. For larger areas, use a reel sprayer at a rate of 1 qt (32 oz.) plus 11 gallons of water. Triple 12 can be applied using a hose-end sprayer, backpack sprayer, or watering can. Triple 12 does not contain chlorides or salts, which often cause leaf and root burn to delicate annuals.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

General Turf Applications: Growth Products Triple 12 can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can be started in early spring and continued through late fall at rates of 1/4 lb. N to 1 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. (114 g to 454 g / 100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (See chart)

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Turf Applications Triple 12 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

If You Apply

4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2

1/10 lb N (0.05 Kg N) 1.9 gal 8.58 L 2.5 gal 12.9 L 3.9 gal 17.1 L 7.7 gal 32.2 L

1/8 lb. N (0.06 Kg N) 2.4 gal 10.3 L 3.3 gal 15.5 L 4.8 gal 18.3 L 9.6 gal 38.7 L

1/4 lb. N (0.12 Kg N) 4.8 gal 20.6 L 6.5 gal 31 L 9.6 gal 36.6 L 19.4 gal 77.5 L

order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank.

1/3 lb. N (0.16 Kg N) 6.4 gal 27.5 L 8.5 gal 41.3 L 12.7 gal 48.4 L 25.5 gal 103 L

Greenhouse & Outdoor Plant Care

Plant Type

Rate

Annuals, Perennials

2.5 oz per 1 gal of water (20 ml per Liter water)

1 gal of mix will treat 10 sq. ft. Drench soil area around planted area. Repeat every 30 days.

Herbs & Vegetables

0.83 oz per 1 gal water (6 ml per Liter water)

1 gal of mix will treat 10 sq ft.

Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2

Tank Size in Gallons

1/2 lb N

100

63 oz

150

48 oz

2 lb N

1.45 gal

96 oz

1.45 gal

2.9 gal

2.2 gal

4.5 gal

1.45 gal

600

2.9 gal

1000

1 lb N 96 oz

200 300

Quantity 12-12-12

5 gal

116 oz

2.9 gal 5.8 gal 10 gal

Notes

5.8 gal

Greenhouse 0.6 oz per 1 gal of Bench, Bed, Trays Drench until soil is water or Containerized saturated. (5 ml per Liter water) Plants

11.6 gal

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

1.9 gal

9.1 gal 20 gal

1:100

For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of Â˝ - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

Mix 8.3 oz in 1 gal water & set injector. (65 ml in 1 L water)

Tree Care DBH Method

ROOT & GROUND APPLICATION RATES :

Trees & Ornamentals: Triple 12 is a true solution, does not need agitation, is non-abrasive, and can be used in IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" to 10" of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 1/2 ft. from tree trunk and extend two feet beyond drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. Inject approximately 1/2 gallon of fertilizer solution at each point. Use with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Foliar Applications: Triple 12 has a low salt index formulation and a neutral pH. It can be used as a foliar applied N-P-K source. Mix 1 gallon Triple 12 in 100 gallons of water and spray to run off. DBH Method: 1/18 lb. per inch will apply 1.1 lbs. of nitrogen to an average DBH of 20 inches, 1/6 lb. per inch will apply 3.3 lbs. of nitrogen to the same diameter tree.

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH

12-12-12 per 100 Gal of Water

1/12

1.25 gallons

1/18

106 fl oz

1/6

2.5 gallons

Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level

Nursery / Landscape Applications

Application

Rate

Notes

Hand Watering

0.8-1.6 oz per gal water

Saturate Soil Apply Every 2-4 weeks

Containerized Crops, Foliar Spray: 3 Woody & Flowering Thoroughly spray to Quarts per 100 gal Ornamentals, point of run-off. of water Foliage, Field-Grown Apply every 2-4 (750 ml in 100 L Nursery Stock And weeks. water) Trees

MIXING :

Triple 12 must be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. High quality buffers allow Triple 12 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Triple 12 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

100 PPM Nitrogen

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

Harmful if swallowed Causes Skin Irritation Causes Serious Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

0-0-25

LIQUID POTASSIUM SOLUTION • NO CHLORIDES AND LOW SALT INDEX • IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE POTASSIUM • IMPROVES STRESS TOLERANCE

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• FOLIAR AND ROOT UPTAKE • HIGH QUALITY CLEAN POTASSIUM • MADE FROM POTASSIUM CARBONATE

F106

to highly acidic materials. When using a phosphorus source, such as 0-30-0, always first dilute with appropriate amounts of water. Add Liquid Potassium to the tank mix slowly while continuously mixing. A small amount of effervescence will occur. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Liquid Potassium has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.

Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25% Derived From: Potassium Carbonate

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 lb potassium Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.33 kg potassium

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Growth Products Liquid Potassium (0-0-25) is a concentrate potassium fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality technical grade potassium carbonate. Liquid Potassium provides you with 100% soluble potassium for immediate plant and turf uptake through both foliar and root feeding. Liquid Potassium can be applied throughout the growing season to correct potassium deficiencies quickly. As a fall fertilization product, it provides the maximum amount of potash in solution, and will help to improve stress tolerance from drought, winter and traffic. Since all nutrients are in a soluble form, turf can respond within a few days of applications. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS no special agitation is needed.

Application

All Types of Cool and Warm Season Grasses

5 - 14 oz (40-120 ml)

Frequency Apply every 7-21 days

Apply in 2-3 gallons of water per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 0-0-25 Potassium Rate 5 oz 1/8 lb. K 149 ml 0.05 Kg K 11 oz 1/4 lb. K 298 ml 0.12 Kg K 15 oz 1/3 lb. K 447 ml 0.15 Kg K 23 oz 1/2 lb. K 596 ml 0.24 Kg K

Turf Applications: Liquid Potassium can be used on warm season, transitional and cool season grass. It can correct potassium deficiencies caused by poor soil conditions or stress. Use Liquid Potassium throughout the growing season beginning in early spring, and as an additional source of potassium to supplement other fertilization programs. Apply on tees and greens using no less than 1.5 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 ft2 Liquid Potassium is compatible with most other technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.

ADJUSTMENT:

0-0-25 Liquid Potassium

As a pH booster, 0-0-25 will adjust both water pH and soil. It is important to check the pH of any mix prior to use. Each soil mix will have a different buffering capacity (resistance to a change in pH levels). For example, bark is more resistant than other soilless mixes. Be sure to check the pH of your mix after each application. 0-0-25 can be mixed with other lime or flowable lime products to make their slurry more flowable and increase their performance.

Fluid Ounces of pH Booster per Gallon of Stock Tank Water PPM Potassium 25 50 75 100 150 200 1:300 1:200 1:100 1:50

MIXING :

Liquid Potassium must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. Liquid Potassium is an alkaline material with a pH of 12 and should not be added as a concentrate

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate / 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

Turf Applications: 0-0-25 Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Foliar Turf Applications:

1:15

3 6 9 12 17 2 4 6 8 12 1 2 3 4 6 0.50 1 1.5 2 3 1:15 Ratio for Hozon Proportioner 0.14 0.29 0.43 0.58 0.87

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

35 23 12 6

1.16

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

0-30-0

LIQUID PHOSPHORUS SOLUTION • IMPROVES ROOT GROWTH • HIGH PHOSPHORUS SOURCE • CORRECTS DEFICIENCIES QUICKLY

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• BUFFER ACTIVATOR • TECHNICAL GRADE RAW MATERIALS • PURE AND CLEAN SOLUTION

F106

ubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. This is an acidic product. Do not mix with copper based fungicides.

Available Phosphate (P205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30% Derived From: Technical Grade Phosphoric Acid.

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.7 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.16 kg Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 lb phosphorus Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.34 kg phosphorus pH @ 20o C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.5

Turf Applications: 0-30-0 Phosphorus Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 0-30-0

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

5 oz 175 ml 11 oz 350 ml 13 oz 400 ml 22 oz 700 ml 33 oz 1L

Growth Products Liquid Phosphorus (0-30-0) is a concentrate Phosphorus solution made from the highest quality raw material. Liquid Phosphorus is a 100% soluble form of P2O5 that will quickly correct phosphorus deficiencies. This provides the maximum amount of P2O5 in solution readily available for immediate uptake. There is no lag time or delay needed for product breakdown. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS they are ideal for applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection for trees and ornamentals. It is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed since all Growth Products fertilizers are completely miscible in water.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Phosphorus Rate 1/8 lb. P 60g P 1/4 lb. P 120g P 1/3 lb. P 150g P 1/2 lb. P 240g P 3/4 lb. P 360g P

Turf Applications: Liquid Phosphorus can be used during the entire growing season on warm season, transitional and cool season grasses. It can be used in conjunction with a standard fertilization program to correct phosphorus deficiencies.

BUFFER ACTIVATOR:

As an additive, Liquid Phosphorus is effective where only buffering of a tank mix is needed. It lowers pH of pesticide solutions to a more effective level of acidity and aids in preventing decomposition of certain alkaline sensitive pesticides due to hydrolyzation. Add 4 to 6 oz. per 100 gallons of spray solution as a buffer activator, or until desired pH solution is achieved.

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Mixing: Liquid Phosphorus is acidic. It must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. Liquid Phosphorus should not be added in concentrate to highly alkaline materials. Care should be taken when mixing Liquid Phosphorus with a liquid potassium such as 0-0-25. Always add water to tank first. Then add phosphorus. Mix well. Add liquid potassium source slowly to tank mix while mixing. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Liquid Phosphorus has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water sol-

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

DANGER

H290 May be Corrosive to Metals H314 Causes Severe Skin Burns and Eye Damage Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

18-6-12

With 60% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN ® FROM NITRO-30 • NO NITRATES / NO CHLORIDES • TANK MIX COMPATIBLE • NON LEACHING GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• LOW SALT INDEX - AVOID SALT BUILD-UP • IDEAL FORMULATION FOR TURF, TREES AND NURSERIES

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 6.2% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 10.8% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Monoammonium Phosphate, Phosphoric Acid, *60% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

Application Tees & Greens

Fairways, Roughs, Sports Turf & Sod Lawn Care

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 6 - 8 oz. (192 - 240 ml) 15 - 18 oz. (480 - 576 ml) 30 oz. (959 ml)

Frequency Every 7-14 days Apply monthly

Apply every 6-8 weeks

Turf Applications: 18-6-12 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.8 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.29 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22 kg nitrogen

Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-6-12 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 6 oz 1/10 lb. N Apply weekly 192 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 240 ml 0.06 Kg N 15 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 480 ml 0.12 Kg N 20oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 600 ml 0.14 Kg N 30 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 959 ml 0.24 Kg N 46 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.4 L 0.36 Kg N

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Growth Products 18-6-12 with 60% Slow Release Nitrogen is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-P-K raw materials to assure a safe, reliable & efficient product. 18-6-12 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up & 60% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 18-6-12 contains methylene urea from Nitro-30 (MDU), which resists leaching & provides a release over 8-12 weeks. The phosphorus & potassium are readily available for both foliar & root uptake. The K is a non-chloride source. 18-612 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed & root injection of trees & ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are non-clogging & non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 186-12 does not contain any nitrates, & avoids nitrate leaching.186-12 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides & insecticides & can be mixed & sprayed in one application.

Turf Applications 18-6-12 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

SUGGESTED USES :

If You Apply

Growth Products 18-6-12 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue & warm season grass. 18-6-12 can be safely used on Rye overseeded areas. 18-6-12 is ideal for both foliar spray & soil injection of trees & shrubs. 18-6-12 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides & insecticides. No special agitation is needed.

4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-6-12 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional & cool season grasses. Application can begin in early

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

1/10 lb N

1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N

(0.05 Kg (0.06 Kg (0.12 Kg (0.16 Kg N) N) N) N) 1.3 gal 1.6 gal 3.2 gal 4.2 gal 5.7 L 6.8 L 13.7 L 18.3 L 1.7 gal 2 gal 4.3 gal 5.7 gal 8.6 L 10.3 L 20.6 L 27.4 L 2.6 gal 3.2 gal 6.4 gal 8.5 gal 11.4 L 12.2 L 24.3 L 32 L 5 gal 6.4 gal 13 gal 17 gal 21.4 L 25.7 L 51.4 L 68.5 L

www.GrowthProducts.com

spring & continue through fall, at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L), per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2), every 4-10 week intervals, (or as needed). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.) Tees & Greens: Apply on greens & tees 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) per 1,000 sq. ft. with a spray unit applying no less than 12 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the recommended rate for Bentgrass greens & tees. 18-6-12 is compatible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-6-12 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady & continuous source of nutrients.

1:100 Ounces 18-6-12 per gal (4 L) of water

50 PPM N 1.6 oz (50 ml)

100 PPM N 3.2 oz (100 ml)

Monthly Drench Rates Ounces 18-6-12 per 100 Containers

Container Size 5â&#x20AC;? Standard 6â&#x20AC;? Standard 1 gallon 2 gallon 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon

TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :

Tree Care DBH Method

Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-6-12 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level

Low Feeding & Sensitive Crops 2.5 oz 5 oz 7.5 oz 16 oz 28 oz 42 oz 63 oz

Medium Feeding Crops 4 oz 8 oz 12 oz 24 oz 42 oz 63 oz 97 oz

Nursery Foliar Spray Applications

Application Containerized Crops, Woody Ornamentals, Foliage Plants, Field-Grown Trees

Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2

Quantity 18-6-12 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 .25 gal .5 gal 1 gal 100 .3 gal .6 gal 1.3 gal 150 .5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 .6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2 -2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees

Palms

Rate

Notes

Thoroughly 1-2 gal per 100 gal of spray to point of water run-off. Apply (1-2 L in 100 L water) every 2-4 weeks. 1 1/2 gal per 100 gal Apply monthly. water Thoroughly spray (1 1/2 L per 100 L water) to point of run-off.

liquid can be injected through fertigation, drip irrigation or overhead sprinkler systems. For Supplemental Feeding: Use between applications of granular coated fertilizer to level off nutrients that are often not available or depleted because of adverse weather conditions. This will extend nutrient availability at the end of feeding cycle to avoid costly hand topdressing. Apply at the end of growing cycle prior to shipment, as a final feed to avoid labor, waste & spillage. For Constant Feed: Use on all nursery stock, potted & containerized plants as both foliar or root feeding.

Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk & extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, & spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index & resists leaching. 18-6-12 is a true solution & is ideal for root injection & for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. See Injection Application Rate Chart.

HANDLING :

Dilution: 18-6-12 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. Mixing: High quality buffers allow 18-6-12 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-6-12 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.

NURSERY APPLICATIONS :

18-6-12 is a high quality, concentrated slow release nitrogen/ potassium solution. It is ideal for both supplement feeding & constant feed of nursery stock for both foliar & root uptake. This clear

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Daily Drip Rate

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Turf and Professional Landscape Use •For Turf and Professional Landscape Use • For Prevention, Control and Suppression of Soil and Foliar Diseases • Activates ISR (Induced Systemic Resistance) in Plants

Active Ingredient: Bacillus subtilis GB03* . . . . . . . .00.03% Other Ingredients: . . . . . . . . . . .99.97% Total: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.00% *Not less than 5.5 X 1010 Colony Forming Units (CFU) per gallon Guaranteed Analysis: Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . .2% 2% Water Insoluble Nitrogen Available Phosphate (P2O5) . .3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . .2% ND ROFESSIONAL Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% ANDSCAPEMagnesium SE(Mg) . . . . . . . . . . .0.5%

COMPANION BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE

FOR TURF A

Derived From: Concentrated Fermented Plant Extracts

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN

CAUTION

(See back panel for additional precautionary statements) • • • • If on skin or • clothing • If in eyes

FIRST AID

Hold eye open and rinse slowly and gently with water for 15 – 20 minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present, after the first 5 minutes, then continue rinsing eye. Call a poison control center or doctor for treatment advice. Take off contaminated clothing. Rinse skin immediately with plenty of water for 15 – 20 minutes. Call a poison control center or doctor for treatment advice.

Have the product container or label with you when calling a poison control center or doctor, or going for treatment. You may also contact 1-800-222-1222 for emergency medical treatment information.

Another quality product from: Growth Products, Ltd. 80 Lafayette Ave., White Plains, NY 10603 USA Questions? Call (800) 648-7626 www.growthproducts.com questions@growthproducts.com

EPA Registration No. 71065-3 EPA Establishment No. 71065-NY-001 Growth Products® and Companion® are Registered Trademarks of Growth Products, Ltd. Net Contents:

1 Gallon

2.5 Gallon

5 Gallon

Turf and Professional Landscape Use

2-3-2 COMPANION® LIQUID BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

Hazard to Humans and Domestic Animals: Caution. Causes moderate eye and skin irritation. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling and before eating, drinking, chewing gum, using tobacco or using the toilet. Remove and wash contaminated clothing before reuse. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Applicators and other handlers must wear • Long-sleeved shirt and long pants • Waterproof gloves • Shoes plus socks Mixer/loaders and applicators must wear a dust/mist-filtering respirator meeting NIOSH standards of at least N-95, R-95, or P-95. Repeated exposure to high concentrations of microbial proteins can cause allergic sensitization. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning / maintaining PPE. Keep and wash PPE separately from other laundry. User Safety Recommendations: Users should remove clothing/PPE immediately if pesticide gets inside. Then wash thoroughly and put on clean clothing. Users should remove PPE immediately after handing this product. Wash the outside of gloves before removing. As soon as possible, wash thoroughly and change into clean clothing. Environmental Hazards: Do not apply directly to water, or to areas where surface water is present, or to intertidal areas below the mean highwater mark. Do not contaminate water when cleaning equipment or disposing of equipment washwater.

AGRICULTURAL USE REQUIREMENTS

Use this product only in accordance with its labeling and with the Worker Protection Standard, 40 CFR Part 170. This standard contains requirements for the protection of agricultural workers on farms, forests, nurseries and greenhouses, and handlers of agricultural pesticides. It contains requirements for training, decontamination, notification and emergency assistance. It also contains specific instructions and exceptions pertaining to the statements on this label about Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), notification to workers, and Restricted-Entry Interval. The requirements in this box only apply to the uses of this product that are covered by the Worker Protection Standard. Do not enter or allow worker entry into treated areas during the restricted entry interval (REI). There is a REI of four (4) hours for this product. PPE required for early entry to treated areas (that is permitted under the Worker Protection Standard and that involves contact with anything that has been treated, such as plants, soil or water), is: • Coveralls over long-sleeved shirt and long pants • Waterproof gloves • Shoes plus socks. EXCEPTION: If the product is soil-injected or soil incorporated, the Worker Protection Standard, under certain circumstances, allows workers to enter the treated area if there will be no contact with anything that has been treated.

Non-Agricultural Use Requirements

The requirements in this box apply to uses of this product that are not within the scope of the Worker Protection Standard for agricultural pesticides (40 CFR Part 170). The WPS applies when this product is used to produce agricultural plants on farms, forests, nurseries or greenhouses. Keep unprotected persons out of treated areas until sprays have dried.

GENERAL INFORMATION – TURF AND PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE USE

• Use on Greens, Tees, Fairways and Roughs, Sports Turf, Parks, Cemeteries, (Residential) Lawns, Hydroseeding, Sod Farms and Seed Production Grasses • Use on Annuals, Perennials, Woody Ornamentals, Flowering Shrubs, Tropicals, Palms, Herbs and Fruit and Nut Trees • Use on all Interiorscape Plantings • For Prevention, Control and Suppression of Root and Foliar Diseases • Activates the Plant’s Defense / Immune System (Induced Systemic Resistance [ISR]) • A Rhizosphere Bacterium • Quickly Establishes Beneficial Colonies on Roots and Leaves • Improves Nutrient Uptake • Stimulates Healthier Roots and Accelerates Plant Growth 51

DIRECTIONS OR USE

It is a violation of Federal law to use this product in a manner inconsistent with its labeling. For any requirements specific to your State or Tribe, consult the agency responsible for pesticide regulation. Do not apply this product in a way that will contact workers or other persons, either directly or through drift. Only protected handlers may be in the area during application. Product Description: ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is a broad-spectrum biological fungicide used for the prevention, control, and suppression of a® broad range of important soil borne and foliar diseases. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide contains the active ingredient Bacillus subtilis GB03 for the control of Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola), Brown Patch (Rhizoctonia spp.), Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia), Summer Patch (Magnaporthe poae), Fusarium Patch (Fusarium nivale), Pythium (Pythium spp.) and Root ® Rot (Phytophthora). Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s unique liquid formulation contains Bacillus subtilis GB03 spores that remain stable for ® more than two years. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide's rich organic solution acts as a food source to help the Bacillus subtilis multiply and establish colonies. Bacillus subtilis GB03 is a gram-positive (spore-forming) soil bacterium. ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is most effective when applied ® prior to the onset of disease. Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide in combination and rotation with chemical fungicides to enhance disease control. To insure optimal results in the field, it is important to store, handle, and apply the product in an appropriate manner. Modes of Action: ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide has multiple modes of action in preventing and controlling plant diseases. It produces a broad-spectrum antibiotic (Iturin) that disrupts pathogen cell-wall formation. It is a competitive and fast colonizing rhizosphere bacterium, which occupies the plant’s root hairs preventing the growth and antagonistic effects of soil borne ® pathogens. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is known to stimulate phytohormones, which trigger the plant’s systemic resistance to disease ISR (Induced Systemic Resistance), the defense mechanisms of the plant for prolonged periods of time. It is non-selective to plant materials. PGPR (Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria): ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s Bacillus subtilis GB03 is classified as a Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR). PGPR are free-living bacteria that have beneficial effects on plants as they enhance rooting and stimulate growth.

INTEGRATED PEST (DISEASE) MANAGEMENT (IPM)

Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is an important tool in sound dis-® ease management whenever fungicide use is necessary. Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide alone or in combination and / or rotation with chemical fungicides. This will result in reduced susceptibility to disease and overall reduction in the use of chemical fungicides. Consult local agricultural authorities for specific IPM strategies developed for your crop (s) and location. ®

RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT

Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is an important tool to prevent the development of resistant pathogens that often occurs with chemical fungi® cide products. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s multiple and unique modes of®action inhibit the pathogen’s ability to develop resistance. Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide in combination with lower rates of chemical fungicide for improved efficacy and /or in rotation with chemical fungicides to reduce chemical applications. ®

MIXING INSTRUCTIONS

Tank Mixing: ® SHAKE WELL before use and before mixing with water. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide must be diluted with water prior to use. It can be used in all commonly used spray and injection equipment. Special care should be taken when tank mixing. Be sure that all tanks have been cleaned before® use. Add water to 3/4 level of the tank. Add specific amount of Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide to the tank. Mix thoroughly. Maintain agitation ® while spraying. DO NOT let stand overnight. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide can be tank mixed and applied with both systemic and contact fungicides as part of a regular growth and maintenance program. ® Compatibility: Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is compatible with most high quality fertilizers, micronutrients, organic materials, wetting

agents, and surfactants. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide can also be mixed and applied with Contact and Systemic Fungicides. Do NOT mix with copper based fungicides, concentrated acids such as sulfuric acid, solvents, oxidizing agents or bactericides. Do not mix with products with a pH below 4 or above 9. Be sure to apply all of tank mix solution the same ®

day to assure viability of spores. Observe the most restrictive of the labeling limitations and precautions of all products used in mixtures. Consult® your Growth Products representative for more information on Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide compatibility.

TURF USE SITES

Turf Applications: Use on all cool and warm season turf grass varieties such as Bentgrass, Bluegrass, Bermudagrass (common and hybrid), Fescue, Ryegrass, St. Augustine, Zoyzia, Paspalum and Poa Annua. Use on Greens, Tees, Fairways and Roughs, Sports Turf, Parks, Cemeteries, (Residential) Lawns, Sod Farms, Seed Production Grasses and all ornamental grass varieties. Application Timing: ® Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide throughout the growing season on all types of soils and turfgrass varieties. Apply when ground temperature has reached 45o (7o C) or above and until late fall prior to light frost. Begin applications prior to when environmental conditions are conducive to disease develop and throughout periods of disease and stress. Target Diseases

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola) Brown Patch (Rhizoctonia spp.) Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia) Summer Patch (Magnaporthe poae) Fusarium Patch (Fusarium nivale) Pythium Blight Pythium Root Rot Pythium Crown Rot (Pythium spp.)

Use Rate (fl. oz. product per 1,000 sq. ft.)

4 – 6 fl. oz.

TURF APPLICATIONS Application Interval

14 – 28 days

Spray Rates

Remarks

Root Diseases: Spray at a rate of 2 - 4 gal (7 Begin applications prior to ½ - 15 liters per 100 m2) of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft to when conditions are assure soil penetration. conducive to disease development. Continue Foliar Diseases: applications throughout Spray at a rate of 1- 2 gal (4 – periods of disease and 7 ½ liters per 100 m2) of tank stress. mix per 1,000 sq. ft to provide thorough coverage.

TURF ESTABLISHMENT APPLICATIONS FOR PATHOGEN/DISEASE CONTROL Rate Frequency Apply at time of seed germination. Repeat every 14 days 4 - 6 fl. oz. per 1000 sq. ft. (118 mlNew Seeding, Over Seeding, Hydro Seeding during grow-in period. 177 ml per 100 m2) Apply at time of installation and repeat in 14 - 28 days. 4 - 6 fl. oz. per 1000 sq. ft. (118 mlSod Installation Continue during disease and stress period. 177 ml per 100 m2) 1 – 2 gallons Per Acre of Sod Begin applications at time of seeding, plugging, or newly cut Sod Production (10 – 20 Liters per Hectare of sod) ribbons. Continue monthly during disease and stress periods. Application

FOR PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE USE

Applications: ® Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide on all ornamentals, landscape plants, trees, shrubs, annuals, perennials, ground covers, tropical plants, outdoors and interiorscapes for control of a broad spectrum of plant diseases. Application Timing: ® Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide throughout the growing season on all types of soils, turfgrass, lawns, woody ornamentals, trees, perennials and other landscape and horticultural materials. Apply when ground temperature has reached 45o (7o C) or above and until late fall prior to light frost. Begin applications prior to when environmental conditions are conducive to disease development and throughout periods of disease and stress. Plant Material Target Diseases Product Rate Intervals All Types of Ornamentals, Trees, Shrubs, And Flowering Plants

Annuals Perennials Bedding Plants Ground Covers Potted Flowers Foliage Plants Woody Ornamentals Deciduous Trees & Shrubs Evergreen Trees & Shrubs Tropical Foliage Palms Container Grown Plants

(Indoors, Outdoors, Fields, Landscape areas)

Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola) Stem and Root Rot Aerial blight (Rhizoctonia spp.) (Sclerotinia) Damping off (Fusarium nivale) Pythium Blight Pythium Root Rot Pythium Crown Rot (Pythium spp.) Stem & Root Rot (Phytophthora) Golovinomyces cichoracearum, formerly called Erysiphe cichoracearum Powdery Mildew (Golovinomyces cichoracearum, formerly called Erysiphe cichorcearum)

Soil Drench: 16 to 32 fl. oz. per 100 gallons of water. (1/2 – 1 Liter per 400 Liters water). Thoroughly drench soil around, plug, planting hole, tree canopy, root ball, or container. For smaller volumes mix 1- 2 tsp. per gallon water (5-10 ml per 4 liters water). Foliar Spray: 1 to 2 quarts per 100 gallons water. (1 2 Liters per 400 Liters water). Thoroughly spray foliage until run-off. For smaller volumes mix 2- 4 tsp. per gallon water (10-20 ml per 4 liters water). Interiorscape Plants: 1 tsp. per gallon water. (5 ml per 4 Liters). For larger volumes 1.6 fl. oz. per 10 gallons water. (45 ml per 40 Liters water). Thoroughly drench plants. 52

New Plantings and Transplants: Apply at time of planting to prevent disease. Reapply 14 – 28 days through growing season. Established Plantings: Apply prior to disease pressure at 14-28 day intervals. While disease conditions persist, re-treat at 7-14 day intervals.

Application Type

Rate

TREE ROOT INJECTION DBH METHOD

Maintenance

1 qt .per 100 gallons water

Stress Correction

1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2 qt. per 100 gallons water.

Frequency Apply 5 gallons (18-19 liters) of tank mix per inch (25 mm) DBH starting approximately 3 feet (1 meter) from base of tree and in grid pattern at 2 to 2 1/2 feet (.61-.76 meter) intervals. Apply as soon as stress from heat/drought is observed or prior to disease becomes evident. Apply at monthly intervals.

CHEMIGATION

General Requirements 1) Apply this product only through a drip system or sprinkler including center pivot, lateral move, end tow, side (wheel) roll, traveler, big gun, solid set, hand move, flood (basin), furrow, border or drip (trickle) irrigation systems. Do not apply this product through any other type of irrigation system. 2) Crop injury, lack of effectiveness, or illegal pesticide residues in the crop can result from non-uniform distribution of treated water. 3) If you have questions about calibration, you should contact State Extension Service specialists, equipment manufacturers or other experts. 4) Do not connect an irrigation system (including greenhouse systems) used for pesticide application to a public water system unless the pesticide label-prescribed safety devices for public water systems are in place. 5) A person knowledgeable of the chemigation system and responsible for its operation, or under the supervision of the responsible person, shall shut the system down and make necessary adjustments should the need arise. Specific Requirements for Chemigation Systems Connected to Public Water Systems 1) Public water system means a system for the provision to the public of piped water for human consumption if such system has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves an average of at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. 2) Chemigation systems connected to public water systems must contain a functional, reduced-pressure zone, backflow preventer (RPZ) or the functional equivalent in the water supply line upstream from the point of pesticide introduction. As an option to the RPZ, the water from the public water system should be discharged into a reservoir tank prior to pesticide introduction. There shall be a complete physical break (air gap) between the outlet end of the fill pipe and the top or overflow rim of the reservoir tank of at least twice the inside diameter of the fill pipe. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 4) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, normally closed, solenoidoperated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 5) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops, or in cases where there is no water pump, when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being fitted with a system interlock. 7) Do not apply when wind speed favors drift beyond the area intended for treatment. Specific Requirements for Sprinkler Chemigation 1) The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. 2) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 4) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. 5) The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. 7) Do not apply when wind speed favors drift beyond the area intended for treatment. Specific Requirements for Flood (Basin), Furrow and Border Chemigation 1) Systems using a gravity flow pesticide dispensing system must meter the pesticide into the water at the head of the field and downstream of a hydraulic discontinuity such as a drop structure or weir box to decrease potential for water source contamination from backflow if water flow stops. 2) The systems utilizing a pressurized water and pesticide injection system must meet the following requirements: a. The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. b. The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quickclosing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump.

c. The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. d. The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. e. The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. f. Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. Specific Requirements for Drip (Trickle) Chemigation 1) The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. 2) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 4) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. 5) The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. Application Instructions for All Types of Chemigation1) Remove scale, pesticide residues, and other foreign matter from the chemical supply tank and entire injector system. Flush with clean water. Failure to provide a clean tank, void of scale or residues may cause product to lose effectiveness or strength. 2) Determine the treatment rates as indicated in the directions for use and make proper dilutions. Product can be applied continuously or at any time during the water application. 3) Prepare a solution in the chemical tank by filling the tank with the required water and then adding product as required. The product will immediately go into suspension without any required agitation.

Notice - Read carefully conditions of sale and limited warranty statement.

As its sole express warranty, Growth Products, Ltd., warrants that this product conforms to the microbial description on the label and is reasonably fit for purposes stated on the label only when used in accordance with directions and instructions specified on the label, subject to the inherent risks set forth above. Only as permitted by applicable law, in the event of a breach of this limited warranty, Growth Products, Ltd. shall not be liable for consequential damages subject to applicable law. Growth Products, Ltd. neither makes nor authorizes any of its distributors to make any warranty of fitness or merchantability, guaranty or representation, express or implied, concerning this material. Buyer assumes the responsibility to handle, use and store this product in accordance with the safety instructions and use directions contained on the label. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Buyer/User purchases this product to the foregoing Conditions of Sale and Warranty which may be varied only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized representative of Growth Products, Ltd., and if these terms are not acceptable, return all product to the place of purchase, unopened for a full refund.

STORAGE AND DISPOSAL

Do not contaminate water, food or feed by storage or disposal. Pesticide Storage: Store in a dry place out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources. Keep from overheating or freezing. Pesticide Disposal: Wastes resulting from the use of this product may be disposed of on site or at an approved waste disposal facility. Container Disposal: Non-refillable container. Do not reuse or refill this container. Triple rinse (or equivalent) promptly after emptying. Triple rinse as follows: Empty the remaining contents into application equipment or a mix tank and drain for 10 seconds after the flow begins to drip. Fill the container Âź full with water and recap. Shake for 10 seconds. Pour rinsate into application equipment or a mix tank or store rinsate for later use or disposal. Drain for 10 seconds after the flow begins to drip. Repeat this procedure two more times. Then offer for recycling if available or puncture and dispose of in a sanitary landfill, or by incineration. Do not burn, unless allowed by state and local ordinances.

IMPROVED

ESSENTIAL PLUS 1-0-1 ®

100% NATURAL ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENT And ROOT STIMULATOR With 21 L-AMINO ACIDS

• REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE • FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY • STIMULATES ROOT & PLANT GROWTH

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% 1% Other Water Soluble Organic Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.29% Derived From: Potassium Humate, Fish Hydrolysate, Plant Extracts, Simple and Complex Sugars and Iron Glucoheptonate.

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

7% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cellulose Fiber 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ecklonia maxima) 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carbohydrates 0.0025% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent 1.2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lignin 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mono / Disaccharide 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ash Content 13.17 mg/ lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Riboflavin (B2) 0.314% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vitamin (B6) 0.01% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Rooting Substance 4.45% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acid 0.77% L-Glutamic Acid 0.42% L-Proline 0.40% L-Leucine 0.37% L-Aspartic Acid 0.32% L-Alanine 0.28% L-Arginine 0.25% Glycine 0.23% L-Valine 0.21% L-Lysine 0.21% L-Serine 0.18% L-Threonine 0.16% L-Phenylalanine 0.16% L-Isoleucine 0.15% L-Tyrosine 0.13% L-Histidine 0.11% L-Cystine 0.10% L-Methionine Trace% L-Carnosine Trace% L-Citrulline Trace% L-Beta-Alanine Trace% L-Taurine

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.07 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

• CONTAINS 21 NATURAL L-AMINO ACIDS • CONTAINS MORE NUTRIENTS THAN ANY OTHER COMPETITIVE PRODUCT

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Essential is a 100% natural organic product derived from plant and vegetative products that provides a rich carbon source of organic matter. Essential is pasteurized and homogenized to be a homogeneous solution. Each ingredient has been selected to provide all the various stages of organic decomposition (from fast decomposers to more complex forms of carbon requiring complex decomposition). Essential contains 21 L-amino acids that promote nutrient absorption, and stimulate the plants essential metabolic activities. It also becomes an available food source for soil microorganisms. High concentrates of active, soluble humic acid, humus and cellulose fiber will help to replenish soils depleted of organic matter. Essential will improve poor or subsoil conditions and compaction. Essential will improve plant physiology with sugars, 21 amino acids and nutrients that are not available in N-P-K fertilizers.

FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY:

Beneficial microorganisms need organic matter as a food source to survive and increase their population. Essential has a high carbon content that slowly decomposes, restoring organic matter back into the soil. This is especially important in overworked urban settings such as golf courses, estates, corporate sites, and other manicured landscape settings.

ENHANCES PLANT PHYSIOLOGY:

Turf, trees, ornamentals, nursery and greenhouse stock need more than just N-P-K fertilizers to remain in superior health. Essential contains vitamins, enzymes, carbohydrates, sugars, amino acids and two kelp sources: Ascophyllum nodosum and Ecklonia maxima for maximum root branching and length development. These nutrients are absorbed and utilized by the plant to enhance growth, vitality and stress resistance. Essential contains natural plant growth biostimulants that encourage cell division, root development and seed germination.

REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE :

Essential contains high percentages of active, soluble humates, plant extracts, cellulose fiber and a natural wetting agent which are critical to maintain healthy soil. By adding organic matter back into soils that have been depleted, even the most difficult soil conditions can be improved. These ingredients also reduce compaction and improve cation exchange capacities.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Essential is 100% soluble for spray foliar feeding, soil injection, or use in irrigation systems. Essential may be mixed with other technical materials and sprayed in one application, saving labor. Essential can be used on all types of turf grass, shrubs, trees, evergreens and flowering plants, as well as organically grown food crops.

Application

2 oz per gallon of water (15 ml per 1 L water) 32-64 oz. in 100 gallons of water (1-2 L per 100 L water)

Bare Root Plantings

Normal Maintenance 3 oz. Cool Season 90 ml Warm Season 4 oz. & Transitional 120 ml Foliar Spray Root Injection

Soil Drench

Sandy Soils 5 oz. 150 ml 6 oz. 170 ml

Apply every 14 days throughout growing season

Repeat in 30 days.

Fairways

4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)

Drench 2-5 gal. (250-500 ml per 1719 L) water of mix around planting

Apply monthly throughout growing season

Sports Turf

4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)

Apply monthly throughout growing season

New Seeding & Overseeding

3 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (88 ml per 100 m2)

Apply at time of seeding and then every 14 days for 4 applications

Clay Soils 5 oz. 150 ml 6 oz. 170 ml

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:

Newly Seeded 4 oz. 120 ml 5 oz. 150 ml

24 oz. in 100 gallons of water. Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. (709 ml in 400 L water) Maintenance: 32 oz of Essential per 100 gal water. Inject over 3,000 ft2 area (250 ml per 100 L water over 300 m2) Corrective: 64 oz of Essential per 100 gal water. Inject over 3,000 ft2 area (500 ml per 100 L water over 75 m2)

Hydroseeding

6 oz. per 100 gal water (47 ml in 100 L water)

Sod Installation

4 oz. per 1,000 FT (118 ml per 100 m2)

Lawn Care

4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)

Mix into hydroseeding tank mix

Apply at time of sod installation and then every 6-weeks throughout growing season Apply monthly throughout growing season

should be applied to all renovated areas and construction sites, where soil has been removed or adequate top soil is lacking. Tree Care: Established trees and ornamentals in urban settings are often deprived of renewable organic matter during the course of grooming. Essential can be used for year-round tree care, to enhance liquid and soluble fertilizer programs. Essential should be used in the summer to reduce stress problems. All newly transplanted trees and ornamentals should have Essential applied. Transplants need additional care to promote root development and enhance the uptake of usable nutrients and storage of carbohydrates. Essential will decrease transplant shock and stimulate root growth. In excavation areas and construction sites Essential should be applied at double the normal maintenance rate. Use to avoid renovation problems such as compaction and lack of microbial activity that result in plant stress and death.

32-64 oz per 100 gallons water. For smaller applications mix 3 - 5 ounces per gal of water.

SUGGESTED USES :

Frequency/ Notes

3 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (88 ml per 100 m2)

Turf Applications Per 1,000 Sq. Ft. (100 m2)

Turf Variety

Rate

Greens & Tees

Transplants

B & B Plantings

Turf Applications

Thoroughly drench soil around area. (88 - 147 ml per 4 L water)

USGA Spec Tees & Greens: Essential should be part of the regular maintenance program to increase the organic matter content in soils and feed beneficial soil microorganisms. Essential should be used on newly built tees and greens to increase the cation exchange capacity. Regular use of Essential will improve the ability of sandy soils to hold nutrients. Essential will improve seed germination and stimulate root growth. Clay Soils: Calcareous soils often lead to compaction and nutrient availability problems because of the lack of organic matter. Essentialâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s high concentration of organic matter and natural wetting agent can penetrate encrusted soil and begin restoration. Apply Essential throughout the entire growing season. Immediately apply after aeration or top dressing has been applied. Lawn Care and Landscaping: Essential should be used in conjunction with a regular fertilization program or as a stand-alone product when a natural organic program is required. Essential

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Essential should be stored in normal warehouse conditions. Stored out off direct sunlight or temperatures above 95Â° for long periods of time. Replace cap after using. Never store exposed to the air. Since Essential contains a high percentage of solids it is important to mix or shake well before use. Essential is made from natural organic products and is therefore safe to handle and use. Essential is compatible with all fertilizers and technical products.

80 80Lafayette LafayetteAvenue Avenue White WhitePlains Plains NY NY 10603 10603 (800) (800)648-7626 648-7626 www.GrowthProducts.com www.GrowthProducts.com 55

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation (or Dermatitis in Some Individuals Upon Prolonged Contact) H320 Causes Eye Irritation (Burning)

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

RE-STORE PLUS (3-0-2)

FOR FAIRWAYS With 10% HUMIC ACID And L- AMINO ACIDS

•REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE •ORGANIC MATTER BOOST TO POOR SOILS •QUICK HEALTHY, GREEN UP GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

•REDUCES COMPACTION •FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY •RELEASES BOUND UP NUTRIENTS IN SOIL

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Urea Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% 3% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% 1% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Urea, Citric Acid, Potassium Humate (derived from Leonardite), Potassium Carbonate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Chelating Agent EDTA, Protein Hydrolysate, Yucca schidigera, Saccharides, Maltose, Dextrin. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 Kg

Application

All Types of Cool and Warm Season Grasses

Application Normal Maintenance

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

10% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L-Amino Acids 5% . . . . . . . . . .Hydrolyzed Protein Hydrolysate (from Soy) 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract

Sandy Soil Conditions Clay Soil Conditions

BENEFICIAL BACTERIA :

Newly Seeded, Sprigs & Plugs, Ribbons

Yeast (S. cerevisiae) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 CFU* per ml *Colony Forming Units pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) 3 - 6 oz (90 - 180 ml)

Sod Production

Frequency / Notes Apply monthly

Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

Frequency / Notes

6 oz (190 ml)

Apply Monthly

3 oz (95 ml)

Apply at time of planting or harvesting

3 oz (95 ml)

6 oz (190 ml)

SUGGESTED USES:

Re-Store Plus is an ALL-IN-ONE Fairway soil liquid solution. Apply monthly to both cool and warm season grasses to improve soil quality with overnight healthy green up. This proprietary formula contains 10% humic acid derived from Leonardite, the most active and richest source of humate. Use on areas where there is compaction and poor CEC. With 10% active Humic acid, ReStore will demineralize soils with high phosphorus content, releasing bound up nutrients that are not available for plant uptake. Re-Store Plus contains a high percentage of organic compounds along with sugars, enzymes and S.cerevisiae, a beneficial yeast and natural inhabitant of the soil, associated with other beneficial microorganisms and microbial activity. Re-Store will neutralize salts thus reducing turf stress. Its proper ratio of Fe / Mn will improve color of existing turf.

Apply Monthly

Fairways: Ideal for use on fairways to reduce salt build-up and compaction while improving color Sod Production: Continued harvesting of sod depletes organic matter content. Re-Store Plus will enhance soil quality and improve CEC of soils to better retain nutrients. It will reduce soil compaction from heavy equipment. It contains yeast that will help stimulate microbes to decompose thatch. Hydro-Seeding: Use Re-Store Plus along with seed and mulches to hasten seed germination and establish faster rooting on difficult soils. Mix 6 - 8 oz per 100 gallons of slurry.

STORAGE AND HANDLING :

Re-Store Plus should be stored in normal warehouse conditions. It should not be stored in direct sunlight or temperatures above 95°F for long periods of time. Replace cap after using. Never store exposed to the air. Since 10% Humic Acid contains a high percentage of solids it is important to mix or shake well before use. Re-Store Plus is made from natural organic products and is therefore safe to handle and use. Compatible with all fertilizers and technical products.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Re-Store Plus is 100% soluble for spray applications, foliar feeding, soil injection or for use in irrigation systems. It can be mixed with other technical materials and sprayed in one application, saving labor. Use on all types of turf grasses.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Fairway Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NEW & IMPROVED

COMPOST DE-THATCHER

e the Doubl th Streng 2X

15-0-0 PLUS MICROBES & ENZYMES With 10% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN

• THREE NATURAL DIGESTING BACILLUS STRAINS • STRONG ENZYME-PRODUCING MICROBES • CORRECT N RATIO WITH SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS

• PROTEASE, CELLULASE AND ENZYMES • SPEEDS UP THE COMPOSTING PROCESS • GET RID OF STUBBORN THATCH

F106

The breakdown of complex organic materials is often very difficult because of the high ratio of lignin and cellulose fibers. It requires a balance of nitrogen, naturally occurring soil microbes, select enzymes. Adjustment in the ratio of C/N is essential for this breakdown to occur. This decomposition requires microbial activity to break down. If any one of these elements is missing, thatch formation in turf will increase, severely interfering with the turf's ability to absorb nutrients and water. The specific microbes contained in De-Thatcher when applied to the compost materials produce significant quantities of protease and cellulase that will digest protein contained in thatch and other organic compounds. Bacillus also produces cellulase, amylases, lipases, xylanases, and pectinases, which break down organic matter into valuable nutrients. Excellent for accelerating composting of any organic waste materials.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15% 5% Urea Nitrogen 10% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Derived From: Methylene Urea *10% slowly available nitrogen from Methylene urea*

CONTAINS BENEFICIAL BACTERIA

Bacillus subtilis ................................1.5 x109 CFU** per ml Bacillus megaterium ...........................1.5 x109 CFU per ml Bacillus licheniformis. .........................1.5 x109 CFU per ml

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

Protease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02 CSU*** / gal. Cellulase................................................0.02 FPU****/ gal. Amylase................................................ 0.02 SLU*****/gal. ***Colony Forming Units, ****Casein Solubilization Units, ****Filter Paper Units, *****Starch Liquefying Units. Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum)...............................5% Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera).....................1.5% Monosaccharides (Maltodextrin) ....................................3% 0.44% Glycine 1.8% L-Glutamic Acid 0.56% L-Aspartic Acid 0.90% L-Alanine 0.88% L-Proline 0.96% L-Leucine 0.36% L-Lysine 0.44% L-Serine 0.40% L-Arginine 0.65 L-Threonine 0.46% L-Valine 0.40% L-Phenylalanine 0.32% L-Isoleucine 0.30% L-Histidine 0.18% L-Methionine 0.34% L-Tyrosine 0.14% L-Cystine

Turf Application Recommendations

Application

Thatch Accumulation Bentgrass Tees & Greens Maintenance

Frequency

4 -6 ounces in 1- 3 gallons of water (120 - 180 ml)

Early spring & Early fall

5-6 oz in 5 gallons of water (150 - 180 ml in 19 L water)

Early spring & Early fall

8-10 oz in 3-5 gal water (240-290 ml in 10-20 L water)

Early spring & Early fall

Apply in early spring when soil 10-12 oz in 1- 3 temp reaches 45oF gallons of water (290 -350 ml in 4-10 L (7oC) Apply every 30 days for 3 - 4 water) months

Bluegrass and 4 oz in 1-3 gal water Other Northern (120 ml in 4-10 L water Grasses )

Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass Zoysiagrass

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon ................................................10.4 lbs. Weight per liter...................................................... 1.24 kg pH .............................................................................7-8

Bermuda

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Compost De-Thatcher is a unique blend of nitrogen, slow release nitrogen and a concentrated source of naturally occurring soil digesting microbes, and powerful enzymes that break down specific components of organic materials in thatch and compost materials.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Athletic Fields

4 oz in 3-5 gal water (118 ml in 10-19 L water)

10603 (800) 648-7626

Early spring & Early fall

www.GrowthProducts.com

Rate per cu. yd.

Composting

Frequency/ Notes

For general compost 1 qt. in sufficient water for good materials apply every 21 days coverage. or needed. 1 - 2 gal per cu. yd

THE C/N RATIO :

For highly fibrous material such as corn stubble, wood chips, crop waste materials.

The unique nitrogen source contained in Compost De-Thatcher is a synthetic organic compound (carbon / nitrogen molecule). This slowly available nitrogen provides both carbon and nitrogen for soil microorganisms. With the addition of De-Thatcher, the C/N ratio - as it narrows - further encourages decomposition of organic residues. Mixing: De-Thatcher can be tank mixed with other technical materials. Use all of tank mix solution within 6 hours. SHAKE WELL BEFORE USING. DO NOT FREEZE

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H317 May Cause an Allergic Skin Reaction H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

REDUCER

A CITRIC ACID SOLUTION • SOIL AND WATER PH CONDITIONER • CONTROLS ALGAE • SOIL PH REDUCER

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

• TANK MIX BUFFER SOLUTION • CERTIFIED ORGANIC • CHELATES MICROS BOUND IN THE SOIL

F106

acidic tank mix solution to assure the best efficacy. Be sure to slowly add citric acid to a tank mix and check with a pH meter or litmus paper until the desired pH is reached. DO NOT FREEZE.

50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citric Acid 0.0025% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wetting Agent

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 lbs. (1.00 kg)

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

pH Reducer is designed for soil and water applications, where the pH needs to be lowered into a more acidic range. Citric Acid solution is an organic based material that is a natural and environmentally sound management tool for lowering alkaline soil conditions.

Application

Turf Applications: Many calcareous soils have very high pH ranges (above 7) that make turf grass maintenance difficult. This also tends to tie up many micronutrients, leaving turf grasses chlorotic. USGA spec sands and top dressings usually have a high pH and need to be lowered to an ideal range of 6 to 6.5 pH. Apply at a rate of 2 to 6 oz. per 1,000 sq. ft. on a monthly basis. Some soils contain high levels of minors that are often in an unavailable, oxidized form not available for plant uptake. By applying citric acid solutions, minors can be chelated and made more available for turf grasses. pH Reducer can be used in place of sulfuric acid and ammonium sulfate. Trees and Ornamentals: Many plant materials prefer acid soil in the pH range of 5 to 6.5. Soil pH is often above 7 from high calcium levels. By applying pH Reducer as a root injection or soil drench, soil pH can be lowered slowly and gently without any detrimental effects to the plant materials. Apply at a rate of 2 to 4 oz. per 1,000 sq. ft. or 1 qt. of pH Reducer in 100 gal of water. Greenhouse Soil Mixes and Composting: pH Reducer is an ideal product to help reduce the pH of many soils and soil-less mixes.

If pH is not sufficiently 100 - 150 ppm rate lowered, continue to Initial Application: Mix 4 Greenhouse adjust pH over several - 6 fl oz per 1 gallon Growing waterings, at a rate of water Media 2-4 fl oz per gal water. (118 - 177 ml per (60 - 118 ml per 4 L water) 4L water) Hand Watering

Many water supplies have very high pH levels, and continuous application of this water will tend to raise the pH of many soils. By adding citric acid solution, hard water levels can be lowered. This will also reduce the possibility of soil pH drifting upwards. The buffer capacity of every water supply differs. Be sure to slowly add citric acid to a tank mix and check with a pH meter or litmus paper until the desired pH is reached. If tank mix is not used the same day it is mixed, be sure to check pH again and adjust if necessary. herbicides

and

fungicides

require

Water pH

Mix 1/2 - 3/4 teaspoon pH Reducer per gallon water

Saturate soil with solution

How To Determine Buffering Capacity Rate / Frequency

Before adding any other chemicals or fertilizers to Highly tank mix. Begin with the addition of 2 fl oz per 100 Alkaline gallons of tank mix. Measure pH of water to Irrigation determine shift. Add another 2 fl oz of pH Reducer Water until acceptable pH is reached. (60 ml per 400 L water)

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Frequency / Notes

Soil Drench: 1 quart per Repeat the application 100 gallons of tank mix Trees & every 30 days or as (250 ml per Ornamentals needed. Ideal pH 100 L water) Range 5 - 6.5 DBH: 5 gal mix per inch

WATER PH REDUCER:

Many

Rate

Warm & 2-6 fl oz in a minimum Cool Season of 2 gal water per 1,000 Apply Monthly Turf ft2 (60-177 ml per Ideal pH Range 6 - 6.5 Applications 100 m2)

SOIL CONDITIONER:

TANK MIX BUFFER SOLUTION:

Application Rates

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

EQUIPMENT & TANK CLEANING :

Mixing: pH Reducer is acidic. It must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. pH Reducer should not be added in concentrate to highly alkaline materials. Hard and alkaline water sources will leave residues and mineral build up on tanks, lines and irrigation heads. Flush tanks and lines with a solution of 1 gallon citric acid to 100 gallons of water. Follow by flushing with water to rinse out lines to clean out drip irrigation systems.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

HYDRO-MAX™

ALL NATURAL WETTING AGENT Plus HUMIC ACID •INCREASE WATER AND FERTILIZER PENETRATION •LOOSEN COMPACTED SOILS •REDUCES SURFACE TENSION OF PESTICIDE SPRAYS

• HELP LEACH SALTS • ALLEVIATES DRY SPOTS • INCREASES CELL WALL PERMEABILITY

F106

ACTIVE INGREDIENT:

Yucca schidigera Extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90% Derived From: Yucca schidigera, Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite), non-ionic surfactant.

Application

Frequency

Tees, Greens, Fairways, All 3 oz per 1,000 sq ft in Apply every 14-21 Types of Warm 1 - 3 gal of water days and Cool Season (90 ml per 100m2) Grasses Apply 1 - 2 weeks 3 oz per 1,000 sq ft in prior to harvest or Sod Installation 3 - 5 gal of water immediately after 2 (90 ml per 100 m ) installation 6 - 12 oz per 1,000 sq Newly Seeding, Apply as a soil ft in 3 - 5 gallons of Overseeding, prep water Sprigging (350 ml per 100 m2) 12 oz per 1,000 sq ft in 3 - 5 gal of water Initial application (380 ml per 100 m2 in 10-20 L water) Hydrophobic & Compacted Soils 6 oz per 1,000 sq ft in Repeat application 3 - 5 gal of water every 4 weeks (190 ml per 100 m2 in 10-20 L water)

NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Surfactant 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite)

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Hydro-Max is a natural wetting agent and soil penetrant derived from the Mohave Yucca plant. This unique desert plant contains the active ingredient steroidal saponins that is a natural wetting agent. Yucca provides a wide range of multi-functional benefits to both plants and soil conditions. Hydro-Max can be mixed with NP-K fertilizers to improve foliar nutrient absorption. It is compatible with all liquid and soluble fertilizers, herbicides, pesticides, fungicides, and absorbent gels. It is an environmentally friendly product that can be applied to all plant materials either as a soil or foliar application. It is non-phytotoxic and can even be applied during hot, dry weather conditions.

DIRECTIONS FOR USE :

Hydro-Max is a concentrate and should be mixed with water. Apply when plants are in stress due to heat and/or drought. Apply where soil conditions are compacted or hydrophobic. Dilute 1:100 in water. See charts on right.

Nursery - Greenhouse - Landscape

Application

Rate

Frequency

9 oz per cubic yard of Media Apply every 14-21 soil. Mix into10 - 15 Treatment days gallons of water 2 (265 ml per m ) 1 oz per 4 gal of Apply prior to seeding water. or placing cuttings. Propagation (30 ml per 16 L of Drench until soil is water) moist Trees and 1 oz per 1 gal water Apply to root area as Shrubs (8 ml per Liter water) needed Mix 25 oz of HydroSet injector ratio to Injection Ratio Max in 1 gallon water 1:100 Apply with for In-line to make a concentrate irrigation water or Systems (185 ml per L water) fertilizer 6 oz per 50 gal water Ornamentals & Apply every 2 - 4 per 1,000 sq ft. Bedding Plants (190 ml in 200 L water weeks per 100 m2)

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Mixing: Dilute at the rate of 1 to 100 in water if possible. Put half the water in the tank and add Hydro-Max. The following mixing procedure should be followed. Add products to mix in this order with appropriate amounts according to label directions: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. emulsifiable concentrates, 5. Hydro-Max. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Hydro-Max may foam with agitation. To reduce foaming add Hydro-Max last. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture same day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application

Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

GREEN-SPEED SI (0-2-5) ™

7% POTASSIUM SILICATE, With PHOSPHITE And 2% HUMIC ACID

•STRENGTHENS TURF BLADES •FASTER BALL ROLL / REDUCE BALL MARKS •HELPS INCREASE RESISTANCE TO DISEASE & PESTS

•IMPROVES HEAT AND DROUGHT STRESS •BETTER CUT BY GREEN MOWERS •PLUS HUMIC ACID TO ACCELERATE ABSORPTION

Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Derived From: Potassium Silicate, Potassium Carbonate, Potassium Phosphite, Potassium Humate, Phosphoric Acid

Green-Speed is used at the rate of 3 - 4 oz per 1,000 sq. ft. One gallon of Green-Speed will treat approximately one acre of greens or sports fields. Apply every 2 to 3 weeks throughout the season. For tournament preparation, apply 3 to 4 days before the tournament date for maximum results. Application with low volume sprayers is not recommended. Green-Speed does not have to be watered in. However, you can water it in lightly without affecting the results. For optimum results, Green-Speed can be tank mixed with Essential® Plus 1-0-1.

F106

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

2% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 7% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Silica (SiO2)

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.08 Kg pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Application

Green-Speed Si is a proprietary formula with silica, potassium phosphite, and humic acid as the active ingredients. Silica hardens the leaf and helps strengthen the xylem vessels during times of high transpiration, reducing water loss. Green-Speed Si contains Potassium Phosphite which promotes turf health and increases the turf’s resistance to disease and pests. Potassium also builds carbohydrate reserves. The humic acid increases nutrient uptake through the leaf and root tissue. It is designed for foliar application on all varieties of turf grasses on greens, tees and roughs, sports turf, lawns and ornamental grasses. Green Speed can be used in a regular maintenance program. It is best to apply Green Speed prior to heavy traffic or prior to times of heat stress.

Foliar Turf Applications

Tees & Greens Sports Turf

Tournament and Event Preparation Roughs and Fairways

Lawns and Ornamental Grasses

Rate Per 1,000 sq ft (Rate Per 100 m2)

Frequency

3 - 4 oz. (95 - 127 ml)

Apply every 2-3 weeks

3 - 4 oz. (95 - 127 ml)

Apply 3-4 days prior to tournament

3 - 4 oz. (95 - 127 ml)

Apply every 2-3 weeks

3 - 4 oz. (95 - 127 ml) 3 - 4 oz. (95 - 127 ml)

Notes

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Keep from freezing. Mixing: Dilute at the rate of 1 to 100 in water if possible. Put half the water in the tank and add Green-Speed. Green-Speed is an alkaline material with a pH of 12 and should NOT be mixed with acidic or acid-producing chemicals. The following mixing procedure should be followed after GreenSpeed has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is

Apply every 2-3 weeks Apply every 2-3 weeks

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate

Foliar Spray: 2 - 4 qt per 100 gallons water. Apply 50 to Containerized and 250 gal finished mix per acre Field Grown Crops, (2 - 4 L per 400 L (including but not water) limited to): Repeat the Deciduous and application every 30 Continuous Feed: 6 days or as needed. Evergreen Trees, oz per 100 gallons Foliage, Apply after of water (177ml per Ornamental transplanting 400 L water) Grasses, Perennials, Tropicals, Woody Soil Application: 2 Ornamentals 4 qt. per 100 gallons water 2-4 L per 400 L water)

Spray at a rate of 2-3 gallons per 1,000 sq ft (100m2) Application

Nursery Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing Green-Speed Si with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.

Greenhouse Foliar Spray Recommendation

Application

Rate

Notes

Transplanting: Mix 3 oz in 2.5 gallons of Soak plug tray or foliar water (88 ml in spray after transplanting 10 L water) Propagation: 1 oz in Apply at 2nd leaf stage, For All 2.5 gallons of water and then every 10-14 day Types of intervals Greenhous (30 ml in 10 L water) e Crops Maintenance: 0.3 - 1 ounce in 2.5 gal Apply at 10-14 day of water intervals to supplement (9-30 ml in 10 L nutrient requirements water)

FIRST AID

IF SWALLOWED:

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

H302 H315 H319 H335

WARNING

Harmful if swallowed Causes Skin Irritation Causes Serious Eye Irritation May cause respiratory irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

SODIUM KNOCKOUT 5-0-0 With 6% CALCIUM, NATURAL WETTING AGENT &

FULVIC ACID

•REDUCES SOIL AND WATER SALINITY •REDUCES DRY SPOTS AND IMPROVES WATER FILTRATION •IMPROVES SOIL STRUCTURE GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

•IMPROVES ROOT GROWTH & NUTRIENT UPTAKE •REDUCES BICARBONATES •CONTAINS YUCCA PENETRANT & FULVIC ACID •REDUCES TURF STRESS

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% 5% Nitrate Nitrogen Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6% Derived From: Calcium Nitrate, Calcium acetate monohydrate.

Application

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

1% . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fulvic Acid (from Leonardite)

Rate per Acre (Ha)

All Types of Cool Season and Warm Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9 lb Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.3

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Maintenance: 1 gallon/acre (9 L per Ha)

Restoration: 2 gallons/acre (19 L per Ha)

Frequency Apply every 2 - 4 weeks as needed. Mix with sufficient water to thoroughly drench soil area. Test soil periodically

Trees, Landscape Plantings, Shrubs & Ornamentals

Sodium KnockOut is a new and unique combination product that contains readily available calcium and a natural surfactant/wetting agent from yucca. It is an effective tool to reduce sodium levels in soils or bicarbonate accumulation from irrigation water. Effluent water is more often being used as a source of irrigation water where quality is questionable. KnockOut quickly penetrates even the most difficult soils. It will also increase the permeability of soils while reducing soluble salts that build up in soils from high water salinity. It can be used on soilless media where excessive salt build up often occurs from continued use of pesticides and high salt fertilizers. Soil salinity is one of the most serious turf problems especially in high pH soils. KnockOut’s calcium is in a 100% soluble form that is immediately available to react with the sodium, unlike gypsum based products that need to weather. Calcium cation ranges between 65 - 70% (Cation Exchange Capacity - CEC). CEC measures the soil’s ability to hold nutrients such as potassium (K), magnesium (Mg), and calcium (Ca) as well as other positively charged ions such as sodium (Na) and hydrogen(H). It is a much safer alternative to chlorides and sulfates. KnockOut will improve soil structure, enhance better rooting, water infiltration and improve overall turf quality.

Soil Drench

Planted areas: 2 - 3 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around planted area (59 - 88 ml per 4 L water) Repeat as needed.

Soil Drench or Root Injection

Established Trees - 1 qt per 100 gal tank mix. Apply a minimum of 2 times per year.

Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing KnockOut with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank. The following precautionary statements and pictograms are based on The Globally Harmonized System of Classifications and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS) and are mandated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

WARNING

Correcting harmful saline-sodic and sodic soils must be carried out in steps beginning with restoration, followed by continued maintenance. Make repeated applications 2 - 4 weeks apart. Following treatment, apply adequate irrigation to wash product into the soil.

H320 Causes eye irritation H316 Causes mild skin irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

MIXING :

The following mixing procedure should be followed after KnockOut has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Soil Applications

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NEW

PURE KELP SA

NATURAL METABOLITE AND BIOSTIMULANT •INCREASES ROOT MASS & ELONGATION •HELPS OVERCOME ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS •REDUCES SALINITY

• SUPPLIES NATURAL METABOLITES • NEW TREE & TRANSPLANT ESTABLISHMENT • PROVIDES COMPLEX POLYSACCHARIDES

F106 Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.3% 0.3% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5% Derived From: Seaweed (Ecklonia maxima)

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

Application

PRINCIPAL FUNCTIONING AGENT: 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ecklonia maxima PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Rate / Acre

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Pure Kelp SA provides a unique source of kelp from Ecklonia maxima, a brown kelp, harvested off southwestern coast of South Africa. This dynamic species of kelp serves an important purpose and function when applied to plants. It stimulates the plant to produce its own biostimulants, and trigger its own metabolites that are transported down to the root tips, causing them to elongate and generate its own cytokinins. This ultimately brings about new shoot growth and encourages cell enlargement and division in other tissues. With active cell enlargement and division, continued development within the plant promotes leaf extension and prolongs the life of plant tissues. Early abscission, due to factors such as abiotic and biotic stress is slowed down. It is a perfect addition to tank mix with our Essential 1-0-1 product and will work in synergy with the humic substances that also have an auxin-like effect.

Frequency

Apply beginning 1 qt in 50 gal season & then in 14 water days

Sports Fields and Fairways

Weight per gallon ..................................................8.99 lbs pH .............................................................................5.1 * 2% slowly available Nitrogen from Ecklonia maxima extract

Apply after risk of 1 qt in 50 gal heat stress & then in water 14 days

Golf Greens & Maintenance

2-3 pints in 50 gal water

Apply every 30 days

Newly Established Turf

2-3 pints in 50 gal water

Apply for early establishment & then in 14 days

Sod Farming 1 qt in 50 gal Repeat every 14 days Newly Established Grass water

Tree Care

G ENERAL D IRECTIONS :

Pure Kelp can be applied to establish trees, and ornamentals that are under stress from environmental issues or due to construction damage. Safe to use on all transplants, in transplant water at time of transplant from seed trays. Use on all turgrasses (cool, warm and transitional) as a foliar spray, soil drench, root or tuber dip at time of transplant. Pure Kelp is compatible with fertilizers, most pesticides and plant nutrients.

STORAGE AND HANDLING

Storage: Can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Keep in original container. Pure Kelp SA should not be stored in direct sunlight or exposed to high temperatures. Mixing: Pure Kelp SA, when blended in a tank mix, should not have a pH of over 7. Always use a jar test before mixing chemicals in your tank. Never mix concentrate materials together without first diluting

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application Rates

Maintenance

1 gal / 400 gal water

Can be applied with fertilizer to root zone with injection equipment

Transplants

1 gal / 100 gal water

Water into root zone at time of planting & repeat in 30 days

1 gal / 100 gal water

Apply as a soil drench or spray dilute solution on foliage to run off. Apply every 30-60 days to promote flowering

Ornamental

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

with water. The following mixing procedures should be used after Pure Kelp SA has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Spray tank mix as soon as possible after addition of Pure Kelp.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

BIONUTRIENTS

™

SOLUBLE 8-0-9

FOR FAIRWAYS, SPORTS TURF, LAWN CARE, AND TREES • REVITALIZES SOIL • PROMOTES FASTER & STRONGER ROOTING • IMPROVES POOR SOILS CONDITIONS

• PACKED IN EASY-TO-USE 8 OZ PACKS • ORGANIC BIOSTIMULANT & SOIL CONDITIONER • CONTAINS A NATURAL RHIZOSPHERE BACTERIA GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

F106 Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8% 8% Slowly Available Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Plant Protein, Fish Protein Hydrolysate, Potassium Humate. *8% Slowly Available Nitrogen derived from: Plant Protein, Fish Protein Hydrolysate

active communities of living soil microbes. The humic acid and plant extracts are rich in carbon which becomes a food and energy source for the soil bacteria colonies.

Turf Applications and Rates

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

Application

Bacillus subtilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus licheniformis . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus amyloliquefaciens . . . . . . . .7.5 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus pumilus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 108 CFU per gram Pseudomonas putida . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 107 CFU per gram Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) . . 4.5 x 108 CFU per gram *Colony Forming Units 20% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 1.5% . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 35.7% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acids 0.96% L-Threonine 3.34% Glycine 5.85% L-Glutamic Acid 1.74% L-Valine 2.44% L-Aspartic Acid 1.90% L-Phenylalanine 1.44% L-Isoleucine 1.63% L-Alanine 0.85% L-Histidine 3.65% L-Proline 0.46% L-Methionine 3.31% L-Leucine 1.19% L-Tyrosine 1.40% L-Lysine 0.70% L-Cystine 1.48% L-Serine 0.21% L-Tryptophan 3.19% L-Arginine

Regular Maintenance Rate Per Acre: Mix 1 Cool and pack in 20 - 50 Warm Season gallons of water. Apply Grasses 1 - 2 packs per acre. For smaller applications mix 1/3 - 1/2 oz (1 tbs.) per gallon water. Overseeding, Newly Metric: Seeded, Sod Rate per Hectare: Mix 1-2 packs in 100- 200 Liters water. For smaller applications mix 1 - 2 grams per Liter water. Aeration

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

BioNutrients is a unique, dry, 100% soluble blend of humic acid, natural wetting agent, kelp, natural L-amino acids and our exclusive combination of beneficial soil bacteria along with fortified natural carriers that add rich organic material to soils. It has the added advantage of containing a natural biostiumulant to promote strong rooting. BioNutrients can be used on all fairway grasses, sports turf, lawn care and hydroseeding applications. The BioNutrients formulation is designed to improve soil quality by adding rich organic nutrients that are often depleted in old and over worked soils. A powerful natural wetting agent insures deep penetration into even the most difficult and compacted soils. Once in the rhizosphere, a combination of L-amino acids, kelp and natural soil bacteria colonize and revitalize the soil with

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate

Hydroseeding

Divot & Ball Mark Repair

Rate Per Acre: Mix 1 pack in 100 - 200 gallons of water and apply per acre.

Apply monthly during growing season

Apply at time of seeding and then apply at germination or 14 21 days

Apply after aerification

Add to equipment tank slurry mix with Wood fiber or cellulose mulches.

Mix 1- 2 packs per cubic yard sand divot mix. Hand Repair - Lightly sprinkle into divot hole prior to replacement of turf

10603 (800) 648-7626

Frequency / Notes

www.GrowthProducts.com

HYDROSEEDING APPLICATION:

Can be used with a broad variety of hydromulch materials including wood fiber and cellulose. Will ensure better germination and rooting.

Rate

Trees and Ornamentals Applications and Rates

Application

Rate

Initial Application: 1 lb, or two 8 oz packs, per Soil injection, drench 50 to 100 gal water. Tree & Shrub or spray Maintenance: 1/2 lb, per 1,000 sq. ft. or one 8 oz pack, per 50 to 100 gal water. New Plantings, Drench or spray to 1/2 lb, or one 8 oz Ornamental saturate soil pack, per 25 gal water. Plants, Potted per 1,000 sq. ft. Plants 1 1/2 lbs, or three 8 oz packs, per 100 gal water.

Drench prior to digging and immediately after planting.

Flower Beds

1 lb, or two 8 oz packs, per 25 to 50 gal water.

Drench or spray to saturate soil.

Application

Apply at beginning of 1/2 - 1 lb. per composting procedure cu. yd. and every 21 days.

Notes

Pre-Digging and Transplants

Composting Materials

Notes

Mix with water. For use on green and brown materials to boost digesting microbes.

urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use tank mix according to technical material instructions. Be sure to agitate before spraying.

MIXING :

Agitate before spraying.

MIXING INSTRUCTIONS :

BioNutrients can be tank mixed with most pesticides, fertilizers and micronutrients. Add approximately half of the water to tank mix, leaving enough room to add other products. Add BioNutrients and agitate tank mix. Do not agitate when adding herbicides. This will cause foaming. Agitate after the herbicide has been added. Add other products in the following order: 1. FIRST AID Call a poison center or doctor if you feel IF SWALLOWED: unwell: Rinse mouth. Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present IF IN EYES: and easy to do. Continue rinsing. Immediately call a poison center/doctor. Remove contaminated clothing and wash skin IF ON SKIN: with plenty of soap and water. If skin irritation occurs, get medical advice/attention. Call a poison center or doctor if you feel IF INHALED: unwell. You may also contact 1-800-992-5994 day or night for emergency treatment information. If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand (P101), Keep out of reach of children (P102), Read label before use (P103). STORAGE: Keep container tightly closed. May be stored in unheated area, but keep from freezing. Store in areas inaccessible to children and pets. DISPOSAL: Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations. Do not reuse container.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

May be Harmful if Swallowed Causes Mild Skin Irritation Causes Eye Irritation May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

IMPROVED

THE LANDSCAPER’S BIONUTRITION

™

3-0-3 GRANULAR WITH ENDO & ECTO MYCORRHIZAE FOR TREES, PLANTINGS AND HYDROSEEDING • CONTAINS ENDO & ECTOMYCORRHIZAE • PACKED IN EASY TO USE 8 OZ PACKS • CONTAINS GELSCAPE® POLYMER GEL GUARANTEED ANALYSIS : PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

• PREVENTS TRANSPLANT LOSS • 142 BILLION BACILLUS SPORES PER LB. • ORGANIC L-AMINO ACID BASED

F106

0.46% 0.40% 0.32% 0.30% 0.18% 0.34% 0.14%

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 0.5% Urea Nitrogen 2.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Derived From: Methylene Urea, Urea, Ferrous Sulfate, Condensed Fermented Plant Extracts, Fish Meal. *2.5% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

INERT INGREDIENTS

25% .....................................................................Clay 20% ...Potassium Propenoate-Propenamide Copolymers

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALSO CONTAINS NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

The Landscaper’s BioNutrition is formulated to reduce transplant stress of trees, large ornamentals, other landscape materials, sod and turf establishment.. It will provide biologically active soil conditioners, natural wetting agent and rich organic supplements with Rhizosphere beneficial bacteria and Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae, which are a research-selected mixture of mesophiles and thermophiles that grow and metabolize in the soil in temperature ranges of 45o - 140oF. Mycorrhizae will improve uptake of nutrients, minerals and absorption of water. The Bacillus strains produce a variety of enzymes, PGRs and metabolites that aid in the breakdown of organic fertilizers and organic matter. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be applied to any tree or plant species to produce healthier root system, and overcome urban and transplant shock. Bacilli rapidly colonize the root’s surface of the developing root system (niche occupation), and stimulate root growth, maintain healthy root system and crowd out invading pathogens. Landscaper’s BioNutrition contains Gelscape® a unique watercontrol polymer gel that absorbs water for gradual release. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition contains 17 natural L-amino acids. They act as a natural chelating / complexing agent for cation nutrients. They also act as plant growth regulators and provide a food source for soil microbes. All amino acids have the potential to decompose into amines that go into solution in the form of plant-available nitrogen.

Bacteria: . . . . . . . . . . . Total 313 Million CFU* per gram Bacillus subtilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.4 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus licheniformis . . . . . . . . . . .2 x 106 CFU per gram Bacillus amyloliquefaciens . . . . .1.4 x 107 CFU per gram Bacillus pumilus . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.9 x 107CFU per gram Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) . .4 x 107 CFU per gram Endomycorrhizal spores . . . . . . . . . . 52 spores per gram Glomus intraradices . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 spores per gram Glomus mosseae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 spores per gram Glomus aggregatum . . . . . . . . . . . .13 spores per gram Glomus etunicatum . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 spores per gram Ectomycorrhizal spores . . .Total 137,000 spores per gram Pisolithus tinctorius . . . . . . . . .8.8 x 104 spores per gram Rhizopogon villosulus . . . . . . .1.10 x 104 spores per gram Rhizopogon amylopogon . . .1.10 x 104 spores per gram Rhizopogon fulvigleba . . . . . .1.10 x 104 spores per gram Rhizopogon luteolus . . . . . . .1.10 x 104 spores per gram Scleroderma cepa . . . . . . . . .2.20 x 103 spores per gram Scleroderma citrinum . . . . . ..2.20 x 103 spores per gram *Colony Forming Units

SOIL AMENDING INGREDIENTS

15% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 1.5% . . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 9.5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acid 0.44% Glycine 1.8% L-Glutamic Acid 0.56% L-Aspartic Acid 0.90% L-Alanine 0.88% L-Proline 0.96% L-Leucine 0.36% L-Lysine 0.44% L-Serine 0.40% L-Arginine 0.65 L-Threonine

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

L-Valine L-Phenylalanine L-Isoleucine L-Histidine L-Methionine L-Tyrosine L-Cystine

TRANSPLANTS:

Use The Landscaper’s BioNutrition to treat the root zone of trees, shrubs, annuals and perennials at the time of planting. This product contains beneficial Bacillus bacteria that will quickly colonize the root surface improving nutrient uptake, stimulating new root growth and protecting roots against stress. Simply sprinkle The Landscaper’s BioNutrition into the transplanting hole, or incorporate into the top soil or backfill.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Application

Landscaping Plantings Rate

Notes

Shrubs & Woody Ornamentals

8 oz per 250 square feet

Remove mulch. Work into soil with hoe to a depth of 4 inches or more. Replace mulch.

Vegetable Plantings

8 oz per 20 linear feet

Loosen soil prior to planting. Work Landscaper’s into soil around plant.

Application

Residential & Commercial lawns, Roadside State DOT, & Landfills, airports. mine reclamation

1 lb. per 5,000 square feet

Add into brillion drop seeder.

Laying Sod

1 lb. per 5,000 square feet

Mix well with approximately 50 lbs. of fertilizer.

Rate

Notes

1-2 packs / 5001,000 gal water Mix in with water, starter per 5,000fertilizer, grass seed and 2 10,000 ft hydromulch such as bonder (Based on fiber mulch, cellulose, and average output of other holding materials. 80 - 100 gal. per 2) 1,000 ft )

D IRECTIONS FOR TRANSPLANTS:

See application rate chart. 1. Mix Landscaper’s BioNutrition into top- 4 - 8” of soil or backfill in contact with root ball 2. Fill hole with treated soil 3. Pack soil firmly and water well.

New Plantings: Loosen soil prior to planting. Sprinkle Flower Beds 8 oz per Landscaper’s over ground Annuals & 250 - 500 square area and work into soil. Perennials feet Existing Plantings: Gently work into soil around plants.

Newly Seeded Lawns

Hydroseeding

PLANT M ATERIALS:

The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used on all plant species including woody ornamentals such as Rhododendron's, Azaleas and Laurels. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used on all types of trees including deciduous, evergreens, fruit, oaks, and shrubs. Apply to all types of landscaping materials including annuals, perennials, vines, vegetables, baskets and pots, sod and new seeding. Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used in combination with pesticide applications. HYDROSEEDING : Easily mixes into slurry. For use with all hydro seeds such as blue, rye, fescue, bermuda, pasture, native grasses and wildflower mixes. Landscaper’s will increase and hasten seed germination. Provides a natural wetting agent, slow release nitrogen, benefical bacteria and mycorrhiza to ensure better rooting and turf establishment. Landscaper’s also contains a watercontrol polymer gel to hold and release moisture slowly. STORAGE AND HANDLING : Store in normal warehouse conditions in dry place. Shelf life is in excess of 2 years.

Poor Soil Conditions, 1- 2 lb. per Mix in with starter fertilizer. Stressed 1,000 square feet Mix into top 5”-6” of soil Plants

PACKAGE SIZES

8 oz pack x 30 - case 5 lb, 20 lb and 50 lb bulk in EZ-Store Pail 200 lb bulk in Drum

Gelscape® is a registered trademark of AMEREQ, Inc.

Tropicals & Foliage Plants

1 oz per 1-2 gal pot 4 oz per 3-7 gal pot 8 oz per 20-30 gal pot

For both interior and exterior scapes. Work gently into soil without disturbing root system

Bulk Media for Greenhouse & Nursery Soils

1 lb per cubic yard

Pre-mix into media prior to planting

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Tree, Shrub and Palm Rates

Use 4 ounces per caliper inch or per 1 foot of root ball. 1. Mix evenly into the upper 8-10” of the backfill soil and no more than 8-10’’ away from the root ball. 2. Pack the treated backfill firmly around the root ball. 3. Mulch and water to soil saturation. Size

Landscaper’s per Plant Size

2 Gallon

2 oz

1 Gallon

1 oz

3 to 7 Gallon

4 oz

20 to 30 Gallon

8 oz

36 inch B&B / Box

12 oz

60 inch B&B / Box

19 oz

7 to 15 Gallon

24 inch B&B / Box 48 inch B&B / Box 1 inch caliper

2 inch caliper

3 inch caliper

4 oz 8 oz

16 oz 4 oz

8 oz

12 oz

4 inch caliper

16 oz

6 inch caliper

24 oz

8 inch caliper

32 oz

30 inch spade

12 oz

60 inch spade

24 oz

5 inch caliper 7 inch caliper

24 inch spade 44 inch spade

FIRST AID

20 oz 28 oz 6 oz

16 oz

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

IMPROVED

BIONUTRIENTS TOTAL-PAK 3-0-3 INJECTABLE FOR TREES & ORNAMENTALS WITH MYCORRHIZAL TECHNOLOGY • CONTAINS ENDO & ECTOMYCORRHIZAE • BENEFICAL RHIZOSPHERE BACTERIA & YEAST • SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN & MICROPACKAGE

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.01% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0005% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02% Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Condensed Plant Proteins, Fish Protein Hydrolysate, Potassium Humate, Sodium Molybdate, Boric Acid, Copper EDTA, Manganese EDTA,Zinc EDTA, Chelating Agent: EDTA F106 *3% slowly available Nitrogen derived from plant protein

• ORGANIC SUPPLEMENTS TO BOOST ROOTING • USE WHEN TRANSPLANTING - AVOID SHOCK • ENSURE NEW PLANTINGS SURVIVAL

soil pH of 7 and above. It also contains seven prolific Rhizosphere beneficial bacteria, a micronutrient package, biologically active 8 soil conditioners, natural wetting agent and rich organic supplements. Easy to apply on existing trees and landscaped areas to reduce stress of trees, large ornamentals and other landscape materials. Mycorrhizae will improve uptake of nutrients and minerals. Bacilli strains produce a variety of enzymes, PGRs and metabolites that aid in the breakdown of organic fertilizers and

Tree and Ornamental Applications and Rates

Application

ALSO CONTAINS NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :

17% ....................Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% .....................Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 50% ........................................................Maltodextrin 1.5% .............Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) Bacillus subtilis .......................1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Bacillus licheniformis ...............4.5 x 105 CFU per gram Bacillus amyloliquefaciens .......1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Bacillus pumilus .....................1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Pseudomonas putida..................5 x 104 CFU per gram Pseudomonas fluorescens...........5 x 104 CFU per gram Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) 8.8 x 104 CFU per gram Endomycorrhizal spores total.......71.4 spores per gram Glomus intraradices ........1.76 x 101 spores per gram Glomus mosseae .............1.81 x 101 spores per gram Glomus aggregatum ........1.81 x 101 spores per gram Glomus etunicatum...........1.76 x101 spores per gram Ectomycorrhizal spores total........4.14 million per gram Pisolithus tinctorius ............2.65 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon villosulus .........4.85 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon amylopogon ..5.29 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon fulvigleba .......4.85 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon luteolus ..........4.85 x 105 spores per gram Scleroderma cepa ...............9.7 x 105 spores per gram Scleroderma citrinum ........9.26 x 105 spores per gram * Colony Forming Units

Notes

Initial Application: 1 to two 8 oz. packs per 50 to 100 gals. water. (One to two 227 gram packs per 200 to 400 Soil injection, drench liters water) or spray Tree & Shrub Maintenance: One 8 per 1,000 sq.ft. oz. pack per 50 to 100 (100 m sq.) gals. water.(One 227 gram pack per 200 to 400 liters water). New One 8 oz. pack, per Plantings, 50 to 100 gals. water. Ornamental (One 227 gram pack Plants, Potted per 200 to 400 liters Plants water). Pre-Digging and Transplants

Three 8 oz. packs per 100 gals water. Three 227 gram packs per 400 liters water).

Two 8 oz. packs per 50 to 100 gals water. (Two Flower Beds 227 gram packs, per 200 to 400 liters water).

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

BioNutrients Total-Pak contains the top performing Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae that are able to propagate in a broad range of soil temperatures and conditions including northern climates and in

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate

10603 (800) 648-7626

Drench or spray to saturate soil per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m sq.) Drench prior to digging and immediately after planting. Drench or spray to saturate soil.

www.GrowthProducts.com

organic matter. Bacilli rapidly colonize the root’s surface (niche occupation) and stimulate root growth, maintain healthy root system and crowd out invading pathogens.

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Mix one to two 8 oz. packet of Total-Pak in 50 to 100 gallons of water. For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Use standard soil injection equipment. Pump requirements of between 100 - 200 psi is needed for good coverage. Be sure to calibrate your equipment by using a pre-measured container and time how long it takes to fill the container using the feeding needle.

ROOT INJECTION RATES :

Total-Pak should be injected into the top 4" to 8" inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application approximately 2-3 feet from tree trunk. Extend the same distance beyond drip line. Lay out a grid pattern. Spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 1 quart of tank mix should be applied per hole. Be sure to measure the tree DBH in order to calculate the total amount of

Trees, Deciduous, Evergreen, Fruit & Nut, Shrubs & Palms

Caliper DBH

Root Ball Diameter

Rate Tank Mix per Tree

# of Injection Sites

3 inch

36”

2 gal.

2 inch

24”

4- 5 inch

48-50 “

7 inch

70”

6 inch 8 inch

1.5 gal.

3 gal.

5 gal.

60”

4 gal.

80”

6 gal.

16 24

mix needed. For difficult, compacted soils it is desirable to add a natural wetting agent such as Hydro-Max. BioNutrients are compatible with all Growth Products liquids. FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

NEW

BIOBLENDER™ MEDIA MIX

(3-0-3) FOR ALL TYPES OF SOIL MIXES FOR GREENHOUSE, PRE-PLANT & TRANSPLANT SOILS • CONTAINS BENEFICAL RHIZOSPHERE BACTERIA • SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN & MICROPACKAGE • ORGANIC SUPPLEMENTS TO BOOST ROOTING • SPEEDS UP & IMPROVES SEED GERMINATION • PROTECTS PLANTS FROM STRESS G UARANTEED A NALYSIS :

• INCREASES CEC OF SOILS • COUNTERACT TRANSPLANT SHOCKROOT DIEBACK • IMPROVES HEALTH AND VIGOR OF PLANTS • ACCELERATE COMPOSTING PROCESS

F106

against stress. BioBlender Media Mix will help improve the health of the plant by maintaining a healthy population of beneficial soil microorganisms that crowd out unwanted pathogens. It contains Humic Acid that will increase the CEC of soils and replenish organic matter. As an added benefit, it contains a natural wetting agent from Yucca that is safe for all plant materials and a natural biostimulant that enhances root formation and branching. It can also be used as a top dressing when sizing up plant materials. Can be applied as a top-dressing along with fertilizers at a rate of 1 tsp / gal container size.

Total Nitrogen (N) ........................................................ 3% 0.5% Urea Nitrogen 2.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O)..................................................... 3% Iron (Fe) ....................................................................... 2% Derived From: Methylene Urea, Urea, Iron Sulfate, Condensed Fermented Plant Extracts, Fish Meal, Dried Bacillus subtilis Fermentation Product, Calcium Carbonate, Clay, Yucca schidigera, Kelp (Ascophyllum nodosum), Potassium Humate. *2.5% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea

FOR INCORPORATION INTO GROWING MEDIA FOR GREENHOUSE & NURSERY MIXES :

ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS

Bacillus subtilis not less than 7.5 Trillion CFU* per Lb. 7.5 x 1012 (3.4 x 109 CFU* gram) * Colony Forming Units 20% ....................Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% ......................Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 1.5% ..............Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 9.53%............................................Total L-Amino Acids 0.44% Glycine 1.8% L-Glutamic Acid 0.56% L-Aspartic Acid 0.90% L-Alanine 0.88% L-Proline 0.96% L-Leucine 0.36% L-Lysine 0.44% L-Serine 0.40% L-Arginine 0.65% L-Threonine 0.46% L-Valine 0.40% L-Phenylalanine 0.32% L-Isoleucine 0.30% L-Histidine 0.18% L-Methionine 0.34% L-Tyrosine 0.14% L-Cystine

Mix BioBlender Media at a rate of 1/2 pound per cubic yard (yd3) of loose planting mix (300 grams per m3). BioBlender Media Mix is effective in all types of mixes including potting, germination, plug and general purpose; it is compatible with all growing mediums including bark-containing mixes. For best results, BioBlender Media Mix must be incorporated thoroughly and distributed uniformly throughout the media during the blending process. For bulk soil blending use the following table for mixing rates.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Apply at beginning of 1/2 - 1 lb. per composting procedure cu. yd. and every 21 days.

Bulk Soil

BioBlender Media Mix

1 cubic yard (1 m3)

1/2 - 1 lb. (300 - 600 grams)

50 cubic yards (38 m3)

Rate

INERT INGREDIENTS

20% .....................................................................Clay

Use BioBlender Media Mix for all Nursery and Greenhouse crops and soil mixes and poor soils. BioBlender Media Mix combines all of the benefits of the Companion and Essential biostimulant. It contains beneficial Bacillus subtilis bacteria that will quickly colonize the root surface improving nutrient uptake, stimulate new and more vigorous root growth and protect roots

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

For Bulk Soil Blending

25 - 50 lbs. (11.4 - 22. 8 kg)

Composting Materials

10603 (800) 648-7626

Application

Notes

Mix with water. For use on green and brown materials to boost digesting microbes.

www.GrowthProducts.com

COMPOST ACCELERATION:

To increase microbial activity, use in composting process. BioBlender will add beneficial bacteria reducing unwanted pathogens. Will help maintain an aerobic condition to eliminate odor.

AVAILABLE S IZES : 5 lbs • 20 lbs • 40 lbs • 200 lbs

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H317 May cause an allergic reaction H320 Causes Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

X-XTRA IRON 6-0-0

HIGH IRON 9% - LOW NITROGEN 6% • 100% CHELATED • FAST GREEN UP, NO SURGE GROWTH • HIGHEST QUALITY INGREDIENTS GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• COMPATIBLE WITH PGR’S • CORRECTS IRON CHLOROSIS OVERNIGHT • HIGHER IRON SOURCE CHELATE

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Urea Nitrogen Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9% 9% Chelated Iron Derived From: Technical Grade Low Biuret Urea, Ferrous Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid.

Application

Rate

Bentgrass Tees & 2 ounces per 1,000 sq. ft. Greens (59 ml / 100 m2)

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Fairways

4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft (118 ml / 100 m2)

Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass, Zoysiagrass

Grass Height <1.5” 3-4 oz. per 1,000 sq ft

Bluegrass and Other Northern 4 ounces per 1,000 2sq ft (118 ml / 100 m ) Grasses

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.13 kg Iron Freezing temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32o F Potential acidity 872 lbs. calcium carbonate equivalent per ton.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

X-Xtra Iron Chelate 9% contains more iron than the closest competitive product. X-Xtra Iron provides 100% soluble iron in an immediately available form for both foliar and root applications. X-Xtra Iron is formulated by a unique Iron/Nitrogen complex that converts the iron to a soluble form that stimulates fast green up with no surge growth. X-Xtra Iron contains the three most essential nutrients for photosynthesis: Iron, Nitrogen and Sulfur. X-Xtra Iron is amine compatible and can be used with herbicides and pesticides as well as other Growth Products nutrients. X-Xtra Iron can be used for regular turf maintenance to enhance rich green color and promote strong root systems for high traffic areas and stress conditions. X-Xtra Iron can be used on turf, tree and ornamentals for correction of iron deficiencies and chlorosis. STORAGE : Do not freeze. Store in heated area to prevent crystalization.

Overseeding Athletic Fields

Frequency

Every 14 days Apply every 30 days

Every 21 days or as needed to maintain color

Apply every 14-21 days

Apply every 14-21 days or as needed to maintain color 30 days or 2-4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft Every as needed to (59-118 ml / 100 m2) maintain color 30 days or 4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft Every as needed to (118 ml / 100 m2) maintain color Grass Height >1.5” 5-6 oz. per 1,000 sq ft

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:

0.5 - 1 gallon in 100 gallons of water (2-4 L in 400 L water) 2 - 5 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (59 - 147 ml per 4 L water)

Foliar Spray Soil Drench

MIXING INSTRUCTIONS :

Application Containerized Crops, Woody Ornamentals, Foliage Plants, Field-Grown Trees

Add approximately half of the water to tank mix, leaving enough room to add other products. Add X-Xtra Iron and agitate tank mix. Do not agitate when adding herbicides. This will cause foaming. Agitate after the herbicide has been added. Add other products in the following order: 1. urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use all of the tank mix within a few hours after mixing. Be sure to agitate before spraying. NOTE: Avoid contact with unfinished wood, painted surfaces, masonry or concrete surfaces, as this product may cause staining.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application

1:100

Nursery Applications

Rate Notes Corrective: 1 quart per 100 gallons of water Thoroughly spray (1 L in 400 L) to point of run-off. Apply every 30Maintenance: 1.5 pint per 100 gallons of water days or as needed (700 ml in 400 L)

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

10603 (800) 648-7626

100 PPM N

10 oz. per gallon of water (300 ml in 4 L Water)

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H303 May be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

IRON MAX AC 6% 15-0-0 With 2% CHELATED MANGANESE & 3.5%

SULFUR

• PROMOTES RAPID GREEN-UP • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS • 100% CHELATED IRON & MANGANESE

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• FOUR ESSENTIAL NUTRIENTS • PERFECT RATIO OF FE, S AND MN • SOLVE DEFICIENCIES RAPIDLY

F106

Turf Application

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 15% Urea Nitrogen Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Technical Grade Low Biuret Urea, Ferrous Sulfate, Manganese Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.69 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08 kg Iron Freezing temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . less than 32o F

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Iron Max 6% is a chelated iron and manganese chelate that promotes fast green up. Iron Max 6% plus 2% Manganese is important for good green color, (chlorophyll synthesis) and for photosynthesis. Iron Max 6% is 100% chelated. It is a clear solution that will not settle. Iron Max 6% provides the plant with immediately available iron/ manganese along with nitrogen for correction of iron chlorosis. Iron Max 6% is amine compatible and can be used with insecticides, herbicides and fungicides. Iron Max 6% can be used for regular turf maintenance to enhance rich green color and promote strong root systems in high traffic areas and stress conditions. It is ideal for use on turf, trees and ornamentals, for general plant maintenance and correct chlorosis. Iron Max 6% can be applied to warm, cool and transitional grasses throughout the growing season.

Rate

Frequency

Bentgrass Tees & Greens

3 ounces per 1,000 sq. ft. in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (89 ml / 100 m2)

Every 14 days

Fairways

3-4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (177 ml / 100 m2)

Apply every 30 days

Bluegrass and 6 ounces per 1,000 sq ft Other Northern in 1/2 - 2 gallons water Grasses (177 ml / 100 m2)

As needed to maintain color

Grass Height <1.5” 4-6 oz. per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water

Apply every 14 - 21 days Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass, Grass Height >1.5” Apply every 14-21 Zoysiagrass 8-10 oz. per 1,000 sq ft days or as needed in to maintain color 1/2 - 2 gallons of water

MIXING :

2-6 ounces per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (59-177 ml / 100 m2)

Overseeding

Add water to tank mix leaving enough room to add other products. Add Iron Max and agitate. Add other products in this order: 1. urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use all of the tank mix a few hours after mixing. Do not leave overnight. Be sure to agitate before spraying. Never add concentrates together.

Every 30 days or as needed to maintain color

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Foliar Spray

Iron Max 6% as a concentrate is corrosive and should be stored in its original container. Store in a cool place with the cap tightly closed. Do not apply to any area not specified on label. Avoid contact with unfinished wood products, painted surfaces or concrete as this product may cause staining.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Application

Soil Drench

10603 (800) 648-7626

1 - 1.5 gallons in 100 gallons of water (4-5 L in 400 L water)

4 - 8 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (118 - 236 ml per 4 L water)

www.GrowthProducts.com

Application

Containerized Crops, Woody Ornamentals, Foliage Plants, Field-Grown Trees

1:100

Nursery Applications Rate

Notes

Corrective: 2 quarts per 100 gallons of water Thoroughly spray (500 ml in 100 L water) to point of run-off. Apply every 30Maintenance: 1 quart per 100 gallons of water days or as needed (250 ml in 100 L water)

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N

7 oz. per gallon of water (300 ml in 4 L water)

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H303 May be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

CAL MAG MAX 7-0-3 With 4% CALCIUM & 2% MAGNESIUM

• AIDS IN UTILIZATION OF NUTRIENTS • GREATER TRAFFIC TOLERANCE

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• CORRECTS CA TO MG RATIO IN TISSUES • DEVELOPS STRONG CELL WALLS

F106

trates. Be sure to agitate during each addition, mix well before adding next product. Apply all of mixture that day. Do not mix with strong acid materials. Be sure to read all mixing instructions prior to tank mixing solutions.

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7% 7% Nitrate Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% 4% Chelated Calcium (Ca) Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Derived From: Calcium Nitrate, Calcium Glucoheptonate, Magnesium Glucoheptonate, Potassium Nitrate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate.

Application Tees, Greens and All Types of Warm and Cool Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Roughs

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . .0.48 lb Ca and 0.24 lbs Mg Each liter contains . . . . . . . .0.058 kg Ca and 0.029 kg Mg

Rate Apply 1-3 oz of Cal Mag Max per 1,000 ft2 with sufficient water for good coverage.

Apply every 4 - 6 weeks at 1 gal per acre to add color and turgidity

Nursery Applications

Application Rate Notes Containerized Crops, Foliar Spray: 1 Thoroughly spray Woody & Flowering quart per 100 gal to point of run-off. Ornamentals, Foliage, of water (250 ml Apply every 2-4 Field-Grown Nursery in 100 L water) weeks. Stock And Trees 2 tsp to 1 tbs per Saturate soil. Hand Watering gal water (10 - 15 Apply every 2-4 ml per 4 L water) weeks.

CALCIUM / MAGNESIUM DEFICIENCIES :

Calcium and Magnesium are very important secondary nutrients and part of the chlorophyll molecule which is necessary for sugar formation. Inadequate amounts of Magnesium will first appear as a general loss of green color at bottoms of older leaves (interveinal chlorosis). Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions. Calcium and Magnesium deficiencies occur mostly in soils with a high pH over 8 and acidic soils with a pH less than 6.5. High levels of calcium and potassium will also reduce Magnesium uptake. Turf Applications: Soil testing is necessary to determine levels. Where Calcium and Magnesium levels are deficient or marginal, apply Cal Mag Max throughout the growing season. This can be added to any fertilizer spray solution.

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:

24 - 36 oz in 100 gallons of water (188-280 ml in 100 L water)

Foliar Spray

STORAGE & HANDLING :

1:100

Storage: May be stored in a normal warehouse area and is not affected by heat or freezing temperatures. Cal Mag Max does not need any special agitation. It has a neutral pH and is not corrosive or abrasive. Dilution: Cal Mag Max can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium, pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Cal Mag Max is NOT compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately. First be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedures should be used after Cal Mag Max has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concen-

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N

13 oz. per gallon of water (90 ml in 1 L Water)

WARNING

H303 May be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation Manufactured in the USA by:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

ORGANIC IRON 5%

GLUCOHEPTONATE CHELATE With 2% SULFUR • NON-STAINING • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATIONS • EXCELLENT SOURCE OF SULFUR

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• IDEAL FOR SOIL WITH PH OVER 7 • CHELATING AGENT BASED ON SUGAR-ACID • RAPIDLY CORRECT DEFICIENCIES

F106

Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Chelated Iron (Fe) Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate

Application Tees, Greens, All Types of Warm and Cool Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.067 kg Iron

Fairways

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Organic Iron 5% is a new ORGANIC CHELATE made from a sugar based Glucoheptonate chelating agent. Organic Iron 5% is formulated for year round application on all varieties of turf grasses. It can be used in early spring for soil injection of trees and ornamentals. Organic Iron 5% is excellent as a foliar spray on all plant materials that are showing iron deficiencies. These are naturally fermented sugar acids that form soluble molecules with mineral elements. Organic Iron 5% is a very stable chelate and is a perfect choice for higher pH soils where minor elements often become unavailable to the plant. In this soil condition, Organic Iron 5% will remain available longer than other types of chelates. Plants can become deficient in iron elements because of pH imbalances. Organic Iron 5% can prevent compound deficiencies in turf and many plant materials. University studies indicate that glucoheptonates are ideal for foliar applications and are more efficient than EDTA chelates in high pH soils.

Frequency

3 - 4 oz (90-120 ml)

Apply every 14-21 days

3 - 4 oz (90-120 ml)

Apply every 30 days

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:

Soil Injection

Apply 4 oz. per inch of trunk DBH or as needed according to soil and tissue deficiencies. For soil injection, inject no lower than 8 to 10 inches below ground level with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment.

Foliar Spray

24 oz in 100 gallons of water (4-5 L in 400 L water)

Soil Drench

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

Turf Applications: Organic Iron 5% can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Organic Iron 5% is an infinitely miscible solution and is compatible with most technical turf products. When mixing with other products, be sure to check their dilution rates. Always use a jar test before mixing.

Trees & Woody Ornamentals

TREES & ORNAMENTALS:

Soil Injection: This true chelated iron solution contains 5 units of iron needed for healthy plant growth. It is ideal for soil injection and is excellent as a foliar spray material to quickly correct iron deficiencies. For soil injection, inject no lower than 8 to 10 inches below ground level with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application

Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

Bedding Plants & Perennials

Corrective: 3 ounces per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (90 ml per 8 L water) Maintenance: 2 oz per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water (60 ml per 8 L water)

Evergreens, Pin Oaks, White Pines, Camellias, Azaleas and Rhododendrons apply foliarly at rate of 1 gallon in 200 gallons of water

Mix Organic Iron at a rate of 3 oz in 4 gallons of water and spray foliage to run off. Apply as needed throughout the growing season.

Hand Watering

10603 (800) 648-7626

Dilute 2 tsp in 1 gallons of water.

www.GrowthProducts.com

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Storage: Organic Iron 5% can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. It has a pH of 8, is non corrosive and safe to handle. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Organic Iron 5% to be blended with a wide variety of materials WITHOUT detrimental effects. DO NOT mix with highly acidic materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after Organic Iron 5% has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders; 2. flowables; 3. water solubles; 4. surfactants; 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Mix well. Apply all of mixture in one day.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H303 May be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

MICREL TOTAL 5-0-0

With EIGHT CHELATED MICRONUTRIENTS • FOR TURF, TREE CARE, NURSERY & GREENHOUSE • FOLIAR SPRAY TO CORRECT CHLOROSIS `GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• EIGHT CHELATED MICROS • IMPROVES COLOR • FOLIAR & ROOT ABSORBED

F106

Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Urea Nitrogen Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Water Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Water Chelated Manganese (Mn) Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0002% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Manganese Sulfate, Copper Sulfate, Zinc Sulfate, Magnesium Sulfate, Sodium Borate, Sodium Molybdate, Urea. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid.

Application

Tees, Greens, All Types of Warm and Cool Season Grasses Fairways

Rate

Frequency

3 - 4 oz per 1,000 sq. ft. in 3-5 gal of water (90-120 ml / 100m2)

3 - 4 oz. per 1,000 sq ft in 5 gallons of water (90-120 ml / 100m2)

Apply every 14-21 days Apply every 30 days

Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:

1 - 2 qts in 100 gallons of water (250 - 500 ml in 100 L water)

Foliar Spray

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Soil Drench

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Micrel Total is a true solution containing eight chelated micronutrients used to correct deficiencies (chlorosis) in turf, trees, ornamentals and bedding plants. Micrel Total is completely miscible in water. The unique citrate / nitrogen chelate bond eliminates any flush growth or budding. All nutrients are available either by foliar or root feeding, and can be applied throughout the growing season with no concern of phytotoxicity. Micrel Total aids in resistance to disease, winter desiccation and tolerance to stress. Chlorotic plants will respond within 48 hours with a deeper, healthier green. Bentgrass turf will respond within 24 hours and maintain a residual green for 2 to 3 weeks. Micrel Total can be sprayed along with herbicide applications to reduce yellowing. Micrel Total is compatible with other technical materials.

Corrective: 3 ounces per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water. Thoroughly drench soil under canopy (90 ml per 8 L water)

Maintenance: 2 oz per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water (60 ml per 8 L water)

Correction of Micronutrients Deficiencies & Maintenance of Micronutrient Levels Plant Type

All types of greenhouse crops, plugs, annuals, hanging baskets, perennials, vegetables

APPLICATION RATES :

Tees & Greens / Fairways & Lawns: Micrel Total is best applied starting in early spring when turf is actively growing. Continue to apply 4 or more applications annually. Sand tees and greens require monthly applications. Late fall application will improve winter hardiness and help prevent winter desiccation. See table for proper rates. Trees & Ornamentals: Proper maintenance of trees and ornamentals in high stress urban areas requires regular application of

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Turf Application

Application Rate

Foliar Spray: 1 - 2 quarts per 100 gal. of water (250-500 ml per 100 L water)

Containerized Crops, Foliar Spray: 1-2 quarts per 100 Woody & Flowering gal of water. Thoroughly spray to Ornamentals, Foliage, point of run-off. Apply every Field-Grown Nursery Stock 2-4 weeks. And Trees Applications (250-500 ml in 100 L water) ** Add color, produce chlorophyl and increase plant quality

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

PPM Chart Micrel Total 5-0-0

micronutrients. Nutrient deficient chlorotic foliage can be corrected by foliar spraying; however, soil application should also be part of a regular maintenance program. Acid-Loving Plants: Chlorosis is a common ailment of acid-loving plants, especially when soil pH is above 7 or below 5. Micrel Total can be used for foliar spray or root application and will supply all essential minor elements in their soluble forms for immediate uptake. Mix 1 - 2 ounces in one gallon for foliar spray or for soil drench. Use one gallon of Micrel Total in 200 gallons of water for foliar feeding of Rhododendron's, Azaleas, Camellias, Evergreens, Pin Oaks and White Pines. Thoroughly drench the leaves.

Fluid Ounces of Micrel Total per Gallon of Stock Tank Water

PPM Nitrogen 25 50 75 PPM Iron 30 60 90 PPM Mg, Cu, Mn, 3 5 8 Zn 1:500 23 46 70 1:300 14 28 42 1:200 9 18 28 1:100 5 9 14 1:50 2 5 7 1:15 Ratio for Hozon Proportioner

BEDDING PLANTS & PERENNIALS :

Micrel Total can be applied to Impatiens, Chrysanthemums, Geraniums and all plant materials to correct minor deficiencies and produce lush green leaves with no concern of phytotoxicity. Mix 3 oz. in 3-5 gal. of water and thoroughly spray plant.

1:15

STORAGE & HANDLING :

0.70

1.39

2.09

100 120 10 93 56 37 19 9

2.78

Micrel Total can be s tored in normal warehouse areas. DO NOT FREEZE. Dilution / Mixing: Dilute tank mix with water prior to adding Micrel Total. Never mix concentrate technical materials together, always dilute first with water. Be sure to read all labels carefully. Always provide sufficient water. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next product. Do a jar test to assure compatibly.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

CAL-TEC 9% (6-0-0)

CALCIUM GLUCOHEPTONATE WITH 9% CHELATED CALCIUM • FOR TURF, NURSERY & GREENHOUSE • CORRECTS CALCIUM DEFICIENCY • HELPS REDUCE SOIL COMPACTION

• FOR STRESS TOLERANCE & TURGIDITY • UNIQUE SUGAR-ACID CHELATE • CRITICAL REGULATOR OF PLANT GROWTH

F106 Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6 % Nitrate Nitrogen Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9% 9% Chelated Calcium (Ca) Derived From: Technical Grade Calcium Nitrate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate.

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

Turf Applications

Spray at a rate of 1-5 gallons per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Weight per gallon ................................................ 11.3 lbs. Weight per liter...................................................... 1.35 kg Each gallon contains ............................... 1.02 lbs Calcium Each liter contains.................................... 0.12 kg Calcium Freezing temperature ................................................. 32oF pH .............................................................................6.5

Newly Established Grass

3 - 4 oz (90-120 ml)

Soil Remediation

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Cal-Tec Calcium Glucoheptonate 9% is a unique sugar acid chelate that forms a 100% soluble calcium / nitrogen. This provides immediate plant uptake to correct deficiencies through both the leaves and root tissue. Calcium is known to be essential for plant membrane integrity, proper cell division and overall plant vigor and stiffness. It is important in cell wall bonding and promotes enzyme activation for starch conversion. Cal-Tec 9% can be used during hot weather to reduce stress during times of high transpiration. Calcium is also important to improve soil structure, reduce salt build up and soil compaction from road salts and urban stress. Calcium is often used to improve the cation exchange capacity of the soil, raise pH of soil and help reduce the build up of toxic salts.

Frequency

3 - 4 oz (90-120 ml) 5 oz (150 ml)

Apply every 30 days Apply every 30 days Every 14 days

5 oz (150 ml)

Apply 4 times per year

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio

1:100

Application

38 PPM Nitrogen 50 PPM Calcium

5 oz per gal water (148 ml in 4 L water)

Nursery Applications Rate

Notes

Containerized Crops, Woody and Spray: 1-2 quarts per Flowering 100 gal of water Ornamentals, (250 - 500 ml in 100 L Thoroughly Foliage, Field-Grown water) spray to point of Nursery Stock And run-off. Apply Trees every 2-4 weeks. Spray: 1 quarts per 100 gal of water Palms (250 ml in 100 L water)

APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :

When determining the application rates of Cal-Tec 9%, it is important to check both tissue and soil sample analysis for calcium levels. Since calcium is the second highest percentage in plant tissue, correct any deficiencies early in the spring and continue to apply throughout the growing season. Cal-Tec 9% provides immediately available calcium along with nitrogen for correction

Calcium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

of calcium deficiencies. Hot weather will also aggravate calcium deficiencies. Calcium deficiencies become evident at terminal bud growth, with hooked malformation and finally dying back. Soil Conditioning: Calcium is often used to improve the cation exchange capacity of the soil, raise pH of the soil, and help reduce the build up of toxic salts. Check soil analysis for calcium requirements. For sand tees and greens monthly applications are required to improve cation exchange capacity. Storage: DO NOT FREEZE. Store in heated area to prevent crystalization.

Calcium Rate

16 oz 1/8 lb. Ca 472 ml 0.06 Kg Ca 31 oz 1/4 lb. Ca 914 L 0.12 Kg Ca 42 oz 1/3 lb. Ca 1.25 L 0.15 Kg Ca Apply at desired calcium rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2)

Cool Season Grasses Warm Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Cal-Tec 9%

Application

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

Greenhouse Foliar Spray Recommendation

Application

Rate Frequency / Notes Transplanting: Mix 1-2 oz per gallon of water Soak plug tray or foliar (8-16 ml per liter spray after transplanting water) For All Types of Propagation: Â˝-1 oz Apply at 2nd leaf stage Greenhouse per gallon water (4-8 and then every 10-14 Crops ml per liter water) day intervals. Maintenance: Â˝ -2 oz Apply at 10-14 day per gallon water (4-16 intervals to supplement ml per liter water) nutrient requirements.

Dilution: Cal-Tec can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium and phosphates, or pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Cal-Tec is amine compatible and can be used with herbicides, insecticides and fungicides. Cal-Tec 9% must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedures should be used after Cal-Tec 9% has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition, mix well before adding next product. Apply all of mixture that day. Do not mix with strong acid materials or high phosphate fertilizers.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H315 Causes Skin Irritation H319 Causes Serious Eye Irritation H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

MANGANESE CHELATE 5% GLUCOHEPTONATE CHELATE With 2% SULFUR

• ASSISTS IN ENZYME FORMATION • FOR TURF AND ORNAMENTALS • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATIONS

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• FOR CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES • CHELATED TO INCREASE MOBILITY THROUGHOUT PLANT

F106

Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Manganese Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate.

Application

All Types of Cool Season and Warm Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.42 lb. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.52 lbs Mn Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.062 kg Mn

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 2 - 4 oz (127 - 159 ml)

Frequency

Apply 4 to 6 times during growing season or as needed to maintain color

4 - 6 oz (159-177 ml)

Bermudagrass

Landscape Plantings, Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

1 - 2 quarts in 100 gallons of water (250 - 500 ml in 100 L) 2 - 3 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (59 - 88 ml per 4 L water)

Foliar Spray

Manganese Chelate 5% is an organic chelate, which keeps the manganese in soluble form for plant uptake. This chelate is ideal for both soil and foliar uptake, since this chelate is absorbed through foliar spray. Manganese Chelate 5% is made from organic sugars that are easily absorbed intact along with the chelated metal. Mn is available for microbial activity in the soil. The pH of Manganese Chelate 5% is 7.5, making it ideal for mixing with pH acid sensitive products. It is not affected by soil conditions, other nutrients or technical grade materials. Manganese Chelate 5% will remain in a soluble form for plant uptake since it remains as a negative charge ion and is not attracted to negatively charged soil particles. Manganese Chelate 5% is compatible with all Growth Products professional fertilizers and can be combined in all tank mix solutions for spoon feeding. Be sure to read mixing instructions and do a jar test before use. University studies indicate that Glucoheptonates are ideal for foliar applications and are more efficient than EDTA chelates in high pH soils.

Soil Drench

Nursery Programs

Application Rate Notes Nurseries: Containerized 1-2 quarts per 100 Crops, Woody gallons of water Thoroughly spray to Ornamentals, (60-125 ml in 100 L point of run-off Foliage Plants, water) Field-Grown Trees 1- 1.25 tsp per gallon of water Hand Watering Saturate soil (2 ml per liter water)

MANGANESE DEFICIENCIES :

Spray 1 qt per 100 gal water (250 ml per 100 L water)

Palms

Manganese plays an important role in enzyme formation in plant cells, and carbon dioxide assimilation. Manganese deficiencies will often occur in water bogged soils and low temperatures. Inadequate amounts of manganese in soil will result in interveinal chlorosis first in older leaves. Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions.

1:100

TURF APPLICATIONS :

MIXING :

Soil testing is necessary to determine manganese levels. Where manganese levels are deficient or marginal apply manganese throughout the growing season. It may be added to any fertilizer spray solution.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Spray on leaves to run-off

Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM Mn

19 oz per gallon water (150 ml per liter water)

Manganese Chelate 5% is not compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately. Store in heated area to prevent crystalization.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H335 May Cause Respiratory Irritation H413 May Cause Long Lasting Harmful Effects to Aquatic Life

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

MAGNESIUM CHELATE 3% GLUCOHEPTONATE ORGANIC CHELATE

• ASSISTS IN CHLOROPHYLL PRODUCTION • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATION • FOR TURF AND ORNAMENTALS

GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :

• NATURAL ORGANIC CHELATING AGENT • UNIQUE SUGAR-ACID CHELATE • QUICKLY CORRECT DEFICIENCIES

F106

Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Derived From: Magnesium sulfate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate.

All Types of Cool Season and Warm Season Grasses

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS :

Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.12 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.28 lbs Mg Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.033 kg Mg

Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)

Frequency

2 - 6 oz (127 - 159 ml)

Apply 3 to 5 times during growing season or as needed to maintain color

4 - 8 oz (159-177 ml)

Bermudagrass

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:

Magnesium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)

Magnesium Chelate 3% is an organic chelate that provides magnesium in a soluble form, making it readily available for both soil and foliar application. Magnesium Chelate 3% is environmentally sound, and is made from organic sugars that are easily absorbed intact along with the chelated metal and utilized in the plant cell. Magnesium Chelate 3% is available for microbial activity in the soil. This type of chelate is especially efficient in high pH soils, or calcareous soils and is recommended over EDTA chelates. Magnesium Chelate 3% is a near neutral pH of 6.5 and is ideal for mixing with pH acid sensitive products. It is not affected by soil conditions, other nutrients or technical grade materials. Magnesium Chelate 3% will remain in a soluble form for plant uptake since it remains a double ++ charge ion and is not attracted to negatively charged soil particles. Magnesium Chelate 3% is compatible with all Growth Products professional fertilizers. Be sure to read all mix instructions prior to tank mix solutions.

Apply at desired magnesium rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Magnesium Chelate 3% Magnesium Rate 44 oz 1/10 lb. Mg 1.2 L 40g Mg 55 oz 1/8 lb. Mg 1.5 L 50g Mg 1 gal 1/4 lb. Mg 3L 100g Mg

Palm Program

Transplant Fertilization

MAGNESIUM DEFICIENCIES :

Magnesium is a very important secondary nutrient. It is part of the chlorophyll molecule, and is necessary for sugar formation. Inadequate amounts of magnesium will first appear as a general loss of green color at bottoms of older leaves (interveinal chlorosis). Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions. Magnesium deficiencies occur mostly in sandy soils and in extremely high pH soils. High levels of calcium and potassium will also reduce magnesium uptake. Turf Applications: Soil testing is necessary to determine magnesium levels. Where magnesium levels are deficient or marginal, apply Magnesium Chelate 3% throughout the growing season. This can be added to any fertilizer spray solution. Trees, Ornamentals & Palms: Magnesium Chelate 3% can be used as a soil or foliar spray to correct Magnesium deficiencies. Dilute 24-36 oz. in 100 gallons of water. Spray leaf surface until covered.

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

Foliar Turf Applications

Application

Established Palms Soil Drench

1 quart in 100 gallons Drench root ball and of water soil at time of planting (250 L in 100 L water)

2 - 3 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (250 ml per 100 L water)

Applied 2 times per year or as required.

Inject 1 ft from trunk 1 quart in 100 gallons and out to drip line Established of water every 2 - 3 foot in grid Palms (250 ml in 100 L pattern. Soil Injection water) Inject 1/2 gal per hole at 6 - 8 “ deep. Foliar Spray

Thoroughly spray to 1 quart per 100 gal of point of run-off. Apply water every 4 weeks or as (250 ml 100 L water) needed.

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

STORAGE & HANDLING :

Mixing: Magnesium Chelate 3% is NOT compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately.

FIRST AID

80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY

WARNING

H303 May Be Harmful if Swallowed H316 Causes Mild Skin Irritation H320 Causes Eye Irritation

Manufactured in the USA By:

10603 (800) 648-7626

www.GrowthProducts.com

ARBOR CARE PROGRAM FOR FERTILITY, SOIL CONDITIONING OR ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS

Use on Deciduous, Evergreens, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamentals. With over 25 years of experience in the horticulture, arbor care, landscape and turf markets, Growth Products provides the most comprehensive source of nutrients, chelated micronutrients and biologicals. This includes beneficial rhizosphere bacterial, endo and ecto mycorhizal fungi, to solve any soil deficiency or disease problem that the commercial arborists may encounter. Our technical support reps and professional distributors have worked with world renowned estate properties and municipalities, maintaining them and solving difficult problems. Product development has focused on products that are chloride free, and have an extremely low salt index. Our dry soluble concentrate organic supplements contain NO inert fillers! Every ingredient serves an important function. We have upgraded our liquid fall feed product with organic enhancers and a natural wetting agent, that effectively improves plant hardiness, resistance to environmental stress, from excessive heat and drought conditions, and restores soil quality. Most importantly, it is our mission to provide effective arbor care programs while being good stewards of our land.

BENEFITS OF GROWTH PRODUCTS LIQUID APPLICATIONS:

• Enhanced nutrient distribution in soil with liquids. • Bio-enhancing ingredients that improve nutrient uptake • Improve the soil’s bio-diversity with beneficial soil bacteria and endo-and etco mycorrhizae • Natural organic and powerful wetting agent • Slow and steady release of nitrogen from our proprietary methylene nitrogen technology • Our liquid products offer ease of handling, with no broken and solidified bags, no agitation required and no clogging or abrasion of parts.

Choose from Ultimate or Comprehensive Maintenance, Stress & Disease Maintenance, or Difficult Soils Based on 2 Gal Tank Mix Per Inch DBH Ultimate Care Spring and Fall

Arbor Care 15-8-4 (Spring) Autumn Care 6-12-12 (Fall) Essential Plus ®

Micrel Total

pH Reducer

BioNutrients Injectable OR BioNutrients (8-0-9)

96 oz. (3 qt)

Recover RX 3-18-18 with Salicylic Acid OR TKO Phosphite 0-29-26

64 oz. (2 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt)

Essential Plus ®

32 oz. (1 qt)

Micrel Total Hydro-Max

1 -2 pack (8 – 16 dry oz.)

Standard Maintenance Spring and Fall

Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix

Arbor Care (Spring) Autumn Care (Fall)

96 oz. (3 qt)

Micrel Total

64 oz. (2 qt)

Essential Plus®

Stress & Disease Pressure Minimum of two applications per year

Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix

Companion Biological Fungicide ®

Difficult Soils – Compaction, pH Issues, Sub-soil Minimum of two applications per year

Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix 96 oz. (3 qt) 32 oz. (1 pt) 64 oz. (2 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt) 32 oz. (1 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt)

Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix

Hydro-Max (Natural Wetting Agent) 64 oz. (2 qt) BioNutrients Injectable OR 1 -2 pack (8 – 16 dry oz.) BioNutrients (8-0-9) pH Reducer 64 oz. (2 qt)

64 oz. (2 qt)

Arbor Care Program Continued

Naturally Occurring Rhizo-Bacterium

Quarts of Product needed per 100 gallons of Tank Mix Based on a 31 gallon mix /1,000 ft2

• Improves soil bio-mass • Replenishes the soil with rhizobacterium • Protects new feeder roots • Demineralizes bound up nutrients • Strengthens plant to withstand environmental stress Companion® Biological Fungicide Bacillus subtilis GB03 for Prevention of Root Rot Diseases

Nitrogen Rate Per 1000 ft2

¼ lb. N

½ lb. N

¾ lb. N

1 lb. N

Nitro 30 (30-0-0)

1 qt

2 qt

3 qt

4 qt

Nitro 26 (26-0-0)

1 qt

3 qt

4 qt

5 qt

Timing: Year Round Tree Care (Apply 3 times per year: spring, summer and fall)

Ounces per 100 Gallon Tank

Nitro 22 (22-0-0) +S

2 qt

3 qt

4 qt

6 qt

Corrective

64 ounces 1 gallon

Nitro+K (22-0-16)

2 qt

3 qt

5 qt

6 qt

18-6-12

2 qt

4 qt

5 qt

7 qt

Arbor Care (15-8-4)

2 qt

4 qt

6 qt

9 qt

Palm Pro (12-4-12)

3 qt

5 qt

8 qt

11 qt

Autumn Care (6-12-12)

5 qt

11 qt

16 qt

21 qt

Maintenance

Root Stimulator and Soil Conditioner

• Adds organic matter to soils • Improves soil structure • Contains wetting agent for improved water uptake • Use when transplanting • Combats urban stress • Promotes root growth

Essential® Plus 1-0-1 a 100% Natural Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator

Timing: Year Round Tree Care (Apply 3 times per year: spring, summer and fall)

Ounces per 100 Gallon Tank

Corrective

1 gallon

Maintenance

64 ounces

Ultimate Maintenance Start Injection 4 Feet from Trunk

DBH Inches 2 4 6 8 10 12

Dry Soluble - Naturally Occurring Rhizo-Bacterium & Endo-Ecto Mycorrhizae

BioNutrients Total Pack

1 lb. (16 dry oz.)

BioNutrients 8-0-9

1 lb. (16 dry oz.)

Tree & Shrub Injection Chart

Standard Maintenance Start Injection 4 Feet from Trunk

Injection Gallons Injection Gallons Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance sites based needed for DBH sites based needed for Extended Square Footage Extended Square Footage on 4 feet 1/2 gallon/ Inches on 4 feet 1/2 gallon/ Roots Extended Roots Roots Extended Roots apart injection apart injection 8 ft 11 ft 13 ft 16 ft 17 ft 19 ft

186 ft2 365 ft2 570 ft2 762 ft2 959 ft2 1134 ft2

12 23 36 48 60 71

2 4 6 8 10 12

6 gal 11 gal 18 gal 24 gal 30 gal 35 gal

6 ft 9 ft 11 ft 13 ft 14 ft 16 ft

125 244 382 507 639 779

Use this chart in conjunction with the application of a systemic insecticide at label rates.

ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2

8 15 24 32 40 49

4 gal 8 gal 12 gal 16 gal 20 gal 24 gal

For Example:

• For a standard maintenance program a tree with a 12” DBH will require 49 injections, of 1/2 gallons each, for a total of 24 gallons solution applied

Application and Calibration Tips: • • • •

Check the flow rate by timing gallons per minute into a bucket Adjust the pressure so that 2 gallons per minute is caught in the bucket At 2 gallons per minute, one injection will deliver 1/2 gallon of solution in 15 seconds Inject on a 45 degree angle, to a depth of 6-8 inches for tree and 2-4 inches for shrubs * DBH - Diameter at Breast Height

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products® are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd.

A GUIDE TO THE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A TREE AND SHRUB FERTILIZATION PROGRAM Whether it is the agronomics or the dynamics of Growth Products liquids, you can provide your customer with results while increasing your bottom line.

Time Savers & Other Helpful Hints

• If part of the root zone is covered (i.e. driveway, house, pool, etc...), place injections closer together in the uncovered area. • Always monitor gallonage being used on each tree in order to avoid using too much or not enough.

• Find the ease of handling and mixing liquid products in any type of equipment • With Growth Products Arbor Care products, you have a choice of varying N-P-K ratios and any minor elements to meet your specific needs • Liquid products diffuse throughout the soil providing uniform coverage • The use of true liquid solutions eliminates costly down time and worn parts • Versatile, effective and safe applications by root injection, foliar and soil drench

• If the ground is excessively compacted, a soil drench containing Essential will help loosen the soil and allow for needle penetration.

• Soil drenches and foliar sprays are also recommended for smaller shrubs and ornamentals planted in mulch, chips or landscape stones.

• In order to avoid damaging shrubs and ornamentals from dragging hoses through and around planted and landscaped areas, liquids can be used as a foliar or soil drench.

A balanced fertilization program is one of the most important cultural practices for improving the health and appearance of landscape, trees and ornamentals. Most insect problems, diseases and physical stress are the symptoms of bigger problems beneath the soil. Many landscape areas have poor soil that is unable to maintain good, healthy growth. Such problems can be attributed pH imbalances, related macro or micronutrient deficiencies, low organic matter, or may be the result of toxins in the soil. The list of potential problems is growing as we learn more about the nutrient requirements of a healthy plant.

• For ornamentals and smaller plants, a rule of thumb is to place holes closer together and apply less fertilizer mixture per hole.

•Foliar applications of micronutrients will rapidly correct discoloration caused by chlorosis. This should be done in conjunction with a pH test and soil injection to permanently correct the problem. • Apply fertilizer to shrubs and flower beds at time of remulching.

• With Growth Products liquid solutions, there are no broken or solidified bags, no settling, no clogging, and no worn out parts from abrasion.

In the forest, and in other natural environments, the recycling of nutrients occurs naturally when leaves and other organic materials decompose. Problems occur, however, on landscapes where this natural cycle is disrupted. Most trees and shrubs on a landscaped property have to compete for nutrients with grasses and other ground covers. Without new organic matter being introduced, the soil is soon depleted. With a balanced fertilizer program, one cannot only improve the health and appearance of these plants, but also reduce the amount of damage caused by pests and physical stress. This will save time and money by reducing pesticide usage. It will also generate savings through a reduction of tree and shrub removal and replacement.

• All of our products are safe because of their low salt index and slow release nitrogen sources, the “smart” nitrogen from Nitro-30 SRN.

2) For deep root injection, pump requirement 100-200 psi for good coverage. 3) ½” – ¾” spray or garden hose.

Getting Started:

4) Fertilizing needles. There are several products available through a variety of distributors.

Fertilizing trees and shrubs is not nearly as involved as it sounds. You may already own most of the equipment needed. The following is a list of this equipment:

With these three items, one operator, fertilizer, and water you can run a very effective and preventative program.

1) Clean sprayer unit, 100 gallons or greater.

Injection Pattern

valve should be held open long

enough to inject 1/2 gallon of

fertilizer solution at each point. The

goal is to apply 2 - 3 gallons of

fertilizer mix per inch of tree

diameter. The grid pattern should

exceed the dripline (canopy edge) by two holes in every direction.

Pa tt e

io n

every 4 feet to a depth of 4”-8”. The

Ed g

Lin

and injection holes should be spaced

rip (D

A grid pattern should be laid out,

same distance beyond the drip line.

Can o

In je

4 feet from tree trunk and extend the

Exceed to dripline by two holes in every direction

Start application of fertilizer approximately

2’-4’

4’

NK TRU

Space injection holes 3-4 feet apart

Design the Correct Fertilizer Program:

Calibration Method:

Fertilizer blends you use are extremely crucial when designing a program. Many of the products offered in the market contain high salts, insoluble materials and chlorine. Granular products can cause problems in pumps such as clogging or parts wearing out from abrasion, resulting in considerable downtime. With Growth Products liquid fertilizers, you will not have any of these concerns. Our program is designed by looking at the entire soil picture. It is designed to fine tune the application of N-P-K, micronutrients and natural organics.

Using a pre-measured container, time how long it takes to fill the container using the feeding needle. This will give you a more accurate determination of how long to hold the valve open per hole to reach the desired amount of ½ gal of mix per hole. This depends upon the flow rate valve output and psi. Gallons/ Minute output

Time in Seconds to Hold Injection Wand in Hole

Estimating Gallons Needed:

Flow Flow Flow Rate of Rate of 3 Rate of 2 GPM GPM 4 GPM 15

Timing of Applications:

Our recommendations are based upon applying 2 - 3 gallons of mix per inch DBH (Diameter at Breast Height) Example: a 12 inch tree would require 35 - 49 gallons of diluted fertilizer.

7.5

Flow Rate of 5 GPM 6

A comprehensive tree and shrub fertilization program should include both early spring and early fall application program. It is recommended that a lower nitrogen, higher phosphorus and higher potassium analysis is used for a fall application. A 1:2:2 N-P-K ratio in the fall helps prepare the tree for winter stress and improve root and carbohydrate reserves for the winter. A spring application ratio of 1:1:1 for deciduous and 3:2:1 ratio for evergreens is ideal. Applications can begin in the spring when the soil is thawed to permit fertilization. During heat and drought stress conditions, the late spring – summer application of Essential Plus – a natural organic – can help strengthen the tree without any salt stress.

Fertilizer, the Procedure:

The proper method for sub surface fertilization of trees is by injection of diluted fertilizer approximately 4 - 8 inches below the surface. Fertilization should begin 2 - 3 times the DBH from the base of the tree and extend the same distance outside the drip line of the tree canopy. Each injection should be placed 2 - 3 feet apart in a grid pattern throughout the under story of the tree (see diagram)

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

THE CLASSIC PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality ingredients produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of tees and greens. Growth Products Classic Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic. For best results follow this entire program.

Products

Rate Per 1,000 ft2

Interval

8 oz.

Comments

10 -14 Days

• • • • •

Low Salts No Chlorides Easy to Mix Spray Less Often No Surge Growth!

10 oz.

10 -14 Days

• • • •

Low Salts No Chlorides Spray Less Often No Surge Growth!

3 oz.

14 -21 Days

• Nine Fully Chelated Micronutrients • Great For Foliar Applications • Immediate Green Up Results

Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator

3 oz.

14 -21 Days

• Biostimulant • Stress Reducer • Amino Acid Based

Hydro-Max

3 oz.

14 - 21 Days

The Classic 18-3-6 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Minors

OR Pro-Balance 15-2-15 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN

WITH Micrel Total or X-Xtra Iron

WITH

• Natural Wetting Agent

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

FAIRWAY PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of Fairway. Growth Products Fairway Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic.

For best results follow this complete program. Products

Rate Per Acre

Interval

Comments

21-30 Days

• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's

1 Gallon

21-30 Days

• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's

Re-Store Plus (3-0-2) With 10% Humic Acid Plus L-Amino Acids

1 Gallon

30 Days

• Adds Organics • Reduces Compaction • Spray Based

Iron Max 6% (15-0-0) With 2% Chelated Manganese & 3.5% Sulfur

1-2 Quarts

21-30 Days

• Faster Green Up • Important Iron & Manganese Combination

X-Xtra Iron (6-0-0) With High Iron and Low Nitrogen

1 Quart

21-30 Days

• 6% Nitrogen •10% Chelated Iron

"TKO" Phosphite 0-29-26 100% Phosphite

1 Gallon

30 Days

• Improve Plant Health • Research Shows Resistance against Anthracnose & Pythium

Nitro-30® (30-0-0) With 85% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen

1 Gallon

OR Nitro+K (22-0-16) With 82% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Potassium Carbonate

WITH

AND

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

LANDSCAPING AND FLOWER PROGRAM Annual color transplants need to establish roots quickly in order to maintain flower integrity and plant strength throughout the growing period. Annuals are very often planted in the same flowerbeds year after year. The use of Essential Plus (liquid organic soil amendment and biostimulant) and Companion will help to create healthier soil and healthier plants, prevents diseases such as Phytophthora, pythium, fusarium, plus more. The Addition of Companion Biological and Essential Plus Will:

• INCREASE ROOT MASS,

BACILLUS MICROBES PRODUCE PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS (PGRS), WHICH HELP IN CELL DIVISION OF DELICATE ROOT HAIRS. • CLEAN ROOT AREA , BACILLUS FEEDS ON DYING/DEAD SINCE

Product Choices

ROOTS, EATING AWAY AREAS WHERE DISEASE LIVES.

• ADDS ORGANIC CARBON AND IMPROVES SOIL STRUCTURE. • PROVIDES A VALUABLE FOOD SOURCE FOR SOIL MICROBES. • ADD SIMPLE AND COMPLEX SUGARS, WHICH MAKE PLANTS STRONGER AND MORE RESISTANT TO STRESS. • INCREASE BLOOMS AND PLANT LIFE.

The Addition of Growth Products' Fertilizers:

• WILL

PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FEEDING WITH SLOW

RELEASE NITROGEN. • WILL NOT BURN ROOTS, SINCE IT HAS A LOW SALT • IS EASY BECAUSE OF THEIR LIQUID FORMULA.

Mixing

Delivery Method

The Landscaper’s BioNutrition

0.5 -1 pound per 100 square feet

Sprinkle over planting area and work into soil before planting.

Bloomtastic 8-32-5

Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 1.5 ounces of product per gallon of 1.5 ounces per 1,000 sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.75 square feet ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 15 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 7. 5 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution

The Classic 18-3-6

15 ounces per 1,000 square feet

Essential Plus 1-0-1

Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., 1.5 ounces per 1,000 use 1.5 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.75 square feet. ounces per gallon of sprench solution.

Companion Biological Fungicide ®

Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 0.75 ounces of product per gallon of 0.75 ounce per 1,000 sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.37 square feet. ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution.

INDEX .

Frequency

At time of planting to help water retention and add benefical bacteria and mycorrhizae. At time of planting and repeat in two weeks for abundant blooms. 4 weeks after planting and repeat every 3-4 weeks or as needed. At planting and starting two weeks after planting apply with each application of liquid fertilizer to increase rooting. At planting and starting two weeks after planting apply with each application of liquid fertilizer for disease control.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

100

LAWN CARE PROGRAM The following program has been developed and used successfully by numerous Growth Products clients from all over the world. The goal of this program is to enhance your existing turf program while at the same time enhancing your turf. This program will provide you with products that have been developed to stimulate and protect your root system, condition your soil, aid in filling in those bare or thin spots and provide the proper nutrients required by the turf.

Benefits: • • • • • •

SPRING APPLICATION Product 20-3-3 Quick Response or 20-0-3

Stimulate root growth with beneficial soil bacteria Enhance turf quality Protect new and existing roots Enhance turf color Condition your soil with organic supplements Aid in filling in thin or bare turf areas GREEN COLOR

Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft

Timing

Product

Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft

20 oz.

Apply in early Spring

Iron Max AC 6% 15-0-0 w/ 2% Manganese

4 oz.

Product

Companion® Microbial Inoculant Essential® Plus 1-0-1

YEAR-ROUND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft 4 oz. 4 oz.

Nitro+K 22-0-16 with 82% SRN

10 oz.

BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9

1 lb. per acre

Nitro-30 (30-0-0)

Product

18-3-6 with 50% SRN plus Micronutrients or 18-0-3

Timing Apply every 4-6 weeks or as needed

Timing

Monthly throughout growing season

10 oz.

SUPPLEMENTAL FEEDING

1- 2 times per year

Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft

Timing

20 oz.

Apply every 4-6 weeks or as needed

Application Interval:

Apply this combination of products every month throughout the growing season to enhance the overall health and appearance of your turf. IMPORTANT! Many states have passed “No Phosphorus Fertilizer Use” on lawns. We have listed our products that are available without phosphorus. They include 18-0-6, 15-0-15, 20-0-3.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

101

OVERSEEDING PROGRAM Overseeding by no means is an inexpensive project. Poor germination and slow start up can lead to wasted dollars and more work. The most important goals are fast germination, fast rooting and quicker establishment of turf on tees, greens and fairways, or lawns and stadiums. Fine tuning your program will assure that costly bentgrass or perennial rye, fescue, poa trivialis (rough blue grass) get established quickly for play. In the north for re-seeding follow the “rule of thumb” for Sept 15 as your to-do date for re-seeding your cool season grasses. In the south get prepared before the cool months hit as warm season grasses go into dormancy such as T419. Your goal is to get fairways looking a brilliant green just in time for the snow birds’s heavy traffic. Each selected product in our Overseeding program serves an important purpose for quick, healthy establishment of turf for overseeding and re-seeding.

Products

Rate Per Acre

Interval

Comments • • • •

Root Stimulation Strong Stand Stimulates plant’s resistance to stress & disease While in transition apply after first cut (8 -10 days) so not to stimulate bermuda grass.

Recover RX 3-18-18 with Salicylic Acid

1 - 3 gal

Repeat at 14 days

Starter Plus (8-32-5)

½ - 1.6 gal

Repeat at 14 days

½ - 1 gal

Repeat at 14 - 21 days

• Root and strength of the seeding turgidity • Reduce pressure of mowing

½ -1 gal

Repeat at 14 - 21 days

• • • • •

1 1/3 gal

7 - 14 days

• Prevention of disease - Pythium attack of new seedlings.

with

Re-Store Plus (3-0-2)

Essential Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Biostimulant & Soil Amendment ®

with

Companion Biological Fungicide ®

• While in transition apply after first cut (8 -10 days) so not to stimulate bermuda grass. • Tank mix compatible

Increase & quicken seed germination Reduce Stress from thatching Cell division Root stimulation Contains a natural wetting agent

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

102

PALM PROGRAM There are many needs to consider when fertilizing palm trees, since many of the species are not native palms and are therefore, more apt to develop nutrient deficiencies and diseases. In general, native palms are more tolerant to stress. A good fertility program should incorporate a reliable slow release nitrogen source, manganese, magnesium and iron which are common nutritional disorders in palms. In addition, soils are often lacking in organic matter and lack beneficial soil bacteria. In many urban situations, paved areas often make it difficult to apply large volumes of water. In these instances, a low water volume palm program is recommended. All of the products recommended by Growth Products for this type of application have been formulated and tested to ensure low salt indices (i.e. plant materials will not be injured by chemical salts). The following program utilizes five times less water than a standard program. It is imperative to carefully follow all mixing instructions.

Transplant Fertilization:

Drench both the root ball and soil where the palm will be planted with a blend of Growth Products Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% slow release nitrogen. Palms do not like heavy muck or clay soils and will very quickly become water logged. If it is not possible to supplement soil mixes of this consistency with a sand/peat mix, be sure to add Essential® Plus along with Companion® Microbial Inoculant at the time of transplant. This will help loosen the clay structure and allow more drainage. For a granular supplement program add 8 oz. Landscapers Companion® or Growers Companion® for two 15 gal. palms. Mix thoroughly into soil before planting.

Established Palms:

The vast majority of palms planted in the US are non-native species and are planted in sandy soils, which have an extremely low cation capacity and a tendency to leach nutrients quickly. Established palms must be fertilized a minimum of twice per year, and 4 fertilizations per year are ideal. Growth Products’ 12-4-12 contains an ideal ratio of nitrogen to potassium (crucial for healthy palms). And since Palm Pro contains 60% slow release nitrogen, the palms will receive an even, continuous feed of nitrogen.

Soil Injection:

Begin root injection approximately two to four feet away from the trunk and out to the drip line of the tree. Check the flow rate by timing gallons per minute into a bucket. At 2 gallons per minute, it will take 15 seconds to inject ½ gallon per injection hole. Inject to a depth of 6 to 8 inches for trees. Inject at a rate of ½ gal of tank mix per injection site. Check “Palm Program” and “Low Water Palm Program” for dilution rates.

Foliar Fertilization:

Foliar fertilization with high quality liquids can be used as a supplemental program for normal soil fertilization. While foliar applications will correct many nutrient deficiencies, soil fertilization will provide longer lasting results. Both Mg and Mn chelate foliar sprays are also effective against deficiencies.

Nutrient disorders:

N- Nitrogen deficiency is common in many areas of the county where non-native species are planted. Palm trees manifest this deficiency with a light green color and decreased vigor. - K - Potassium deficiency is more widespread and most common in Florida palms. Symptoms - which appear as a translucent yellow or orange color in the leaflets -occur first on the oldest leaves and then in newer leaves. If not corrected, new growth will be affected and if left untreated, the palm will die. Potassium deficiencies are common in most palm species found in Florida. - Mg - The signs of a magnesium deficiency first occur in the palm’s oldest leaves and then spreads up through the canopy with a light yellow band along the margin of the oldest leaves, while the center remains green. While Mg deficiencies affect most species of palms, Date Palms are the most susceptible. - Mn - Manganese deficiencies affect most palms. If the deficiency is severe, the palm will take on a “frizzled” look.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

103

Palm Program Con’t Application Method

Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% SRN- the smart Nitrogen™ Tank Mix Rate

Drench

1 gal. Palm Pro per 100 gallon water. Smaller palms - 4 oz in 2 - 5 gal water

Soil Injection

1 gal per 100 gal water

Foliar Spray

1 oz per gal water. For larger sprays, mix 1/2 to 3/4 gal in 100 gal water

Comments

Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm. Apply 2 - 4 times per year.

Inject 1 qt. mix per injection hole under canopy. Start 2 - 4 ft from trunk. Apply 2 - 4 times per year. Spray to run off. Apply as a supplemental program with soil program. Apply as needed.

Companion® - 100% Natural Organic Liquid Soil Microbial Amendment

Application Method

Drench or Soil Injection

Tank Mix Rate

Comments

Can be mixed and applied with Palm Pro. Will help restore beneficial bacteria in poor soils, 16 oz. Companion® per 100 gal water promote new root growth and protect roots from stress.

For Severe Stress & Chlorosis these Products can be Added to Your Program ESSENTIAL® Plus - 100% Natural Organic Liquid Soil Amendment

Drench or Soil Injection

32 oz. per 100 gallon water

Added for stress recovery or soil compaction. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm

MAGNESIUM CHELATE- 3% Liquid Organic Chelate Drench or Soil Injection

32 oz. per 100 gallon water

Foliar Spray

32 oz. per 100 gallon water

Can be applied to correct severe chlorosis. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. Apply every 2- 4 weeks.

MANGANESE CHELATE 5% - With 2% Sulfur

Drench or Soil Injection

32 oz. per 100 gallon water

Foliar Spray

32 oz. per 100 gallon water

Application Method Soil Injection

Application Method Soil application

Can be applied to correct severe chlorosis. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. Apply every 2- 4 weeks.

Low Water volume Program Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% SRN Tank Mix Rate

1/2 gal. Palm Pro per 40 gallon water

Small Palms: 5 gallons mix per palm. This program allows you to do a greater number of trees with less water.

Supplemental Granular Program Landscaper’s BioNutrition Rate

4 oz per 15 gal palm (see label for additional rates)

Comments

Use as a supplement to a regular fertilizer program. Apply at time of transplant. Mix thoroughly into soil prior to transplant.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

104

SALT REDUCTION PROGRAM

With Growth Products Salt Reduction Program

Growing Tips on Salt Problems:

Salt Damage

High salt levels in soils will limit growth of turfgrasses and cause stunting, wilt, decline and even death in urban trees and ornamentals. Poor quality water, ice melters, high salt fertilizers and pesticides all contribute to this problem. This program has been designed to correct high salts that are found in many soils referred to as salinization. Irrigation water, especially affluent (reclaimed) water can be a constant source of salts or intensified by salt laden water table. Excessive salts will cause degradation of soil and vegetation. Keep in mind that salts build up in the soil over time unless neutralized or leached out and often become visible on the surface of the soil. Products with high percentages of humic acid, active calcium and organic matter will manage salt accumulation, lower salts and improve soil structure and nutrient availability. Plants

Product Choices

Sodium KnockOut

All Types of Turf Grass, including Cool, Warm Season, and Transitional

Essential Plus 1-0-1

Re-Store Plus 3-0-2 with 10% Humic BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9 Sodium KnockOut

Trees (Deciduous and Evergreen)

Ornamentals, Perennials and other Bedding Plants

Essential Plus 1-0-1

Rates

3 oz per 1,000 sq. ft.

6 - 8 oz per 1,000 sq. ft. 3 - 5 oz per 1,000 sq. ft.

6 - 8 oz per 1,000 sq. ft.

Comments

General Maintenance: Apply every 60 days during growing season. Restoration: Apply every 2 - 4 weeks. Pretreat soil before any new seeding.

Storm Damage: Apply immediately after storm. Based on severity re-apply in 2 weeks. Can be applied in cold or winter months. Fertilizer / Pesticide Damage: Apply immediately after misapplication.

Storm Damage: Apply immediately after storm. Based on severity re-apply in 2 weeks. Manage Accumulation: Apply every 2 - 4 weeks throughout the growing season depending on the salt levels and reduce salt accumulation.

2 - 8 oz packets (1 lb.) per To restore beneficial soil bacteria. Can be tank 100 gal water mixed with other remediation products. 1 - 2 qt per 100 gallons water 32 oz. per 100 gallons water 32 to 64 per 100 gallons water

BioNutrients Total-Pak Injectable

General Maintenance Root Injection: After neutralization to avoid additional salt build up when fertilizing or in high salt areas. Apply 2 - 4 times per year.

Foliar Corrective: To minimize damage from salt spray to foliage on both deciduous and evergreens spray as soon after storm as possible. Spray to run off. Repeat in 2 weeks.

Corrective Root Injection: Apply immediately after storm. Can be applied in cold weather. Apply 1/2 gal of solution per inch of DBH (For additional information see “Guide to Tree Fertilization”).

2 - 8 oz packets (1 lb.) per Root Injection: Restore beneficial soil bacteria, 100 gallons water mycorrhizae and micronutrients. Soil Drench: Apply around all plant materials Refer to above rates and for under canopy. If mulched be sure that products Refer to above products more detail product catalog. are applied with enough water to penetrate into root zones. Reapply monthly.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

105

SOD PROGRAM How can you put more money in your pocket? By using Growth Products Fast Start Sod Production Program! With a set amount of acres, Sod Farm Managers need to speed up the harvest schedule. By using the Fast Start Program the crop can be harvested quicker. Here is an example: It usually takes about a year to harvest a cutting of Flortam sod, by using Growth Products you can accelerate the harvest to 7-8 months. Over a 3 year period you can harvest one full extra cutting! Begin program at time of seeding, plugging, or to ribbons just after cutting. • Meets BMP Requirements • Speeds Up Production Process • Cost Effective

WITH

OR WITH

Products

Rate Per Acre

Nitro-30® (30-0-0) With 85% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen

1 Gallon

• Avoid Bridging • Stimulate Tillering • Improve Color

Interval

Comments

21-30 Days

• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's

3-6 Gallons

21-30 Days

• Economical Nitrogen Source • Corrects Soil Alkalinity • Benefits of SRN - The Smart Nitrogen™

Nitro+K (22-0-16) With 82% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Potassium Carbonate

1 Gallon

21-30 Days

• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's

Re-Store Plus (3-0-2) With 10% Humic Acid Plus L-Amino Acids

1 Gallon

30 Days

BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9

8- 16 dry oz.

2 - 3 times per year

1-2 Quarts

21-30 Days

• Faster Green Up • Important Iron & Manganese Combination

1-2 Quarts / Acre

21-30 Days

• Improve Chlorophyl/Photosynthesis • Organic Enhancers for Fast Nutrient Uptake

Nitro-22 (22-0-0) With 40% Smart Nitrogen™ & 4% Sulfur

Iron Max 6% (15-0-0) With 2% Chelated Manganese & 3.5% Sulfur MicroTech CT (4-0-0)

• Adds Organics • Reduces Compaction • Spray Based • Adds Benefical Rhizosphere Bacteria • Revitalizes Soil

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

106

SPORTS TURF PROGRAM

Railey Field Sacramento, California

APPLICATION RATE:

For Sports Turf Managers. Use On Athletic Fields, Race Tracks, Sports Fields & Parks. Growth Products comprehensive Liquid Sports Turf Program is designed to provide long lasting nitrogen release, matching turf nutritional needs and labor saving spray timing. With 2 to 3 spray applications per season including Growth Products proprietary slow release nitrogen, nutrient availability will extend from early spring through late fall. All liquid fertilizers are compatible with spring fungicide and summer herbicide/insecticide programs. This program may be used on all cool transitional and warm season grass species.

BENEFITS OF SPRAY FEEDING: • • • • • • •

Combine Growth Products liquids with spring fungicide or summer herbicide/insecticide program. Reduces labor costs by eliminating time consuming granular applications. Provides immediately color before a sports event. No phytotoxicity or tracking problems associated with granular products. X-Xtra Iron along with herbicide and PGR applications reduces yellowing. Essential® Plus improves both soil characteristics, reduces compaction and efficiency of fertilizer programs. With Nitro+K, high potassium product in the late summer/fall will improve winter stress. Products

TURF MAINTENANCE

Rate Per Acre

Timing

Comments

Nitro-30 with 85% SRN

3.4 - 7 Gallons 1/4 - 1/2 lb N

Spring, Summer, Fall

Long lasting residual Nitrogen release for up to 12 weeks

Nitro+K (22-0-16)

6.3 - 12.6 gallons 1/4 - 1/2 lb N

Spring, Summer, Fall

• Low Salts, No Chlorides •Potassium rich • No Surge Growth!

WITH Essential® Plus 1-0-1

BioNutrients 8-0-9

Add A Micronutrient X-Xtra Iron 10% Fe with 4% Sulfur

Optional Enhancers

Cal Mag Max

1 1/3 gallons 4 oz/ 1,000 sq. ft. 1 1/3 gallons 4 oz/ 1,000 sq. ft.

Apply 4 times per growing season New Seeding or over seeding

• 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment • Biostimulant and Stress Reducer • Hasten and increase seed germination

1 - 8 oz packet

Spring, Summer, Fall

• Benefical Soil Bacteria • Organic carbon rich materials • Improves soil structure

5 qts per acre 4 oz/ 1,000 sq. ft.

Before Tournament

• Fast green up for tournaments • Stress Tolerance and Turgidity

As needed for green up

•Ideal for southern warm season grasses Bermuda, Zoyia

5 qts per acre 4 oz/ 1,000 sq. ft.

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

107

SUMMER STRESS PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of greens and tees. Growth Products Summer Stress Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic. For best results follow this complete program below. Rate Per 1,000 ft2

Interval

Recover RX 3-18-18 with SA

3 - 5 oz

7 -14 Days

• Promotes the plant’s THERMOTOLERANCE (heat shock) • Super Absorption • Contains both phosphite & phosphate

The Classic 18-3-6 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Minors

10 oz

10 -14 Days

• Low Salts, No Chlorides • Spray Less Often • No Surge Growth!

Pro-Balance 15-2-15 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN

10 oz

10 -14 Days

• Low Salts, No Chlorides • Spray Less Often • No Surge Growth!

Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator

3 oz

14 - 21 Days

• Biostimulant and Stress Reducer

Hydro-Max All Natural Wetting Agent plus Humic Acid

3 oz

14 - 21 Days

• Natural Wetting Agent

"TKO" Phosphite 0-29-26 100% Phosphite

3 oz

14 - 21 Days

Cal-Tec 9% Calcium Glucoheptonate or Cal Mag Max

3 oz

14-21 Days

• Increase Cell Wall Strength • Withstands High Traffic • Stress Tolerance and Turgidity

Companion® Biological Fungicide Liquid Microbial Inoculant

4 oz

28 Days

Green Speed Si 0-2-5 7% Potassium Silicate With Phosphite

3 oz

14 - 21 Days

• Beneficial Rhizo-Bacterium GB03 • Stimulate Root Growth • Improve Nutrient Uptake

Products

WITH

Add A Micronutrient

Optional Enhancers

Comments

• Improve Plant Health • Improves Resistance from Diseases such as Anthracnose and Pythium

• Anti-Stress Formula • Provides Turgidity • Humic Acid Benefits

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

108

TOURNAMENT PREP PROGRAM Improve Quality of Play and Faster Ball Roll

The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of greens. Growth Products Tournament Prep Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products with only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. For best results follow this complete program.

• Tournament preparation to increase green speed • Increase root mass • Increase root depth • Improve the overall health & vigor of your turf Products

Rate Per 1,000 ft2

Interval

Pro-Formance Ultra Foliar 18-3-6 with Organic Enhancers

6 oz.

Apply 7 days prior to tournament play

Green Speed Si 0-2-5 7% Potassium Silicate Plus Phosphite

4 oz.

One application 7 days prior to tournament Optional: Apply again 3 days before tournament

Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator

3 oz.

Apply 7 days prior to tournament play

• Biostimulant • Stress Reducer • Amino Acid Based

Hydro-Max All Natural Wetting Agent Plus Humic Acid

3 oz.

Apply 3 days prior to tournament play

• Natural Wetting Agent

3 oz.

One application 7 days prior to tournament and again 3 days before tournament

3 oz.

Apply 7 days prior to tournament play

Cal-Tec 9% Calcium Glucoheptonate

Optional: Micrel Total With 8 Chelated Micronutrients

Comments • Fast Results • Advanced Foliar Uptake • Superior Absorption • Anti-Stress Formula • Provides Turgidity • Humic Acid Benefits

• Increase Cell Wall Strength • Withstands High Traffic • Stress Tolerance & Turgidity

• 8 Chelated Micros

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

109

NEW

COMPOSTING PROGRAM Accelerate Biological Composting:

This program is designed to facilitate and accelerate the natural decomposition of solid waste materials to reduce residence time. The two most important elements in the composting process is the carbon / nitrogen ratio. The third most important element in composting is sufficient microbial population. Microbes are termed activators, however, the major limiting factor in composting is sufficient nitrogen for the microbial population to grow resulting in slower decomposition. Typical C:N ratio 25:1 to 40:1 by weight and vary because of biological availability. It is essential to supplement nitrogen.

This program supplements the activators -beneficial digesting microbes. In addition to quickening the composting process, they will also reduce the pathogen populations and help maintain aerobic conditions, resulting in less odor. This program will provide a reliable nitrogen source that enhances microbial activity, high power catalytic enzymes that speed up the decay rate, breaking your compost piles more efficiently.This program assures that the process is complete and compost is ready to sell while reducing rejection rates. For organic composting see below pH Reducer and BioNutrients 8-1-9. Products

Compost DeThatcher 15-0-0

OR Nitro-30 ( 30-0-0)

Bio Blender (3-0-3)

For Organic Composting BioNutrients 8-1-9 Organic pH Reducer Citric Acid Solution

Rate Per cu yd

Interval

1 qt. per cu. yd.

Apply at beginning of compost procedure. Apply every 21 days or as needed when turning.

2 1/2 gal per cu. yd.

Apply at beginning of compost procedure

1 pt to 1 gal per cu. yd.

Apply at beginning of compost procedure. Apply every 21 days or as needed when turning.

Apply at beginning of compost procedure. 1/2 - 1 lb. per Apply every 21 days or cu. yd. as needed when turning. Apply at beginning of compost procedure. 1/2- 1 lb. per Apply every 21 days or cu. yd. as needed when turning. 1 qt to 1 gal per cu. yd.

Apply when pH needs lowering.

Comments • Provides a reliable nitrogen source • Provides catalytic enzymes to speed up decomposition • Provides L-amino acids to boost the microbe population. • Three powerful digesting microbe strains.

• For highly fibrous waste from oil palms, hop, corn and other stubble material and wood chips.

• • • • •

For green materials For general compost materials longer lasting nitrogen source Balance the C/N ratio. For highly fibrous waste such as wood chips

• • • •

Boosts the microbial populations For manure - Brown materials Natural wetting agent to ensure water movement. Five powerful digesting microbe strains.

• • • •

WSDA for Organic composting Boosts the microbial populations For manure - Brown materials Natural wetting agent to ensure water movement.

• WSDA for Organic composting • Will lower pH gently not killing natural microbes • For manure - Brown materials

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

110

NEW

HYDROSEEDING PROGRAM

Accelerate Establishment of Turf for Lawns, Golf, Sport Fields and Vegetation Growth for Erosion Control:

Erosion control by means of hydroseeding mulch, seed, fertilizer and tackifiers must promote quick germination and inhibit soil erosion. This program is designed to facilitate and accelerate the establishment of sun or shade lawn seed, athletic field mixes, pasture mixes, native grasses, wildflowers, roadside mixes and erosion control mixes. By adding the below products, higher rates of germination can be achieved, with deeper rooting and ultimately better Turf and vegetative establishment with less recall for repairs. Easily mixed with any type of hydroseed mulches, this program adds the most important elements to the mix; Rhizosphere bacteria (PGPR), Mycorrhizae and soil organic matter (SOM) that drives plant growth. All of these including biostimulants, such as humic acid and kelp, are often ignored in any soil assessment. Microbes are termed activators, can be the major limiting factor, resulting in poor vegetative establishment. This program supplements key activators. In addition to quickening growth by adding beneficial bacteria, pathogen populations can be reduced. For wetland establishment near drinking water sources see organic supplements Companion WSP Biological Fungicide, pH Reducer and BioNutrients 8-1-9 (WSDA) Hydroseeding Products Rate Notes Comments Landscape’s BioNutrition (3-0-3)

1/2 - 1 lb. per 500 - 1,000 gal. water per 5,000 - 10,000 ft2.

Mix in with water, starter fertilizer, grass seed and hydromulch. Apply same day.

• Boosts the microbial populations • Added gel for water retention • Rich in Soil Organic Materials (SOM) • Natural wetting agent to ensure water movement. • Eleven strains of Endo & Ectomychorrhizae

1/2 - 1 lb. per 500 - 1,000 gal. water per 5,000 - 10,000 ft2.

Mix in with water, starter fertilizer, grass seed and hydromulch. Apply same day.

• Boosts the microbial populations • Rich in Soil Organic Materials (SOM) • Natural wetting agent to ensure water movement. • Five powerful microbe strains plus yeast.

2 - 5 qts. per 500 - 1,000 gal. water

Mix in with water, grass seed and hydromulch.

BioNutrients (8-1-9)

with

Starter Plus (8-32-5) Dry Seed Hopper Rate Landscaper’s, BioNutrients 8-0-9, Total Pack 3-0-3 or BioNutrients

Product Rate 2.5 - 5 lbs. 1 - 2 lbs. 0.75 - 1.5 lbs. 0.5 - 1 lbs.

For Organic Hydroseeding near Protected Wetlands BioNutrients 8-1-9 Organic

1/2- 1 lb. per cu. yd.

pH Reducer Citric Acid Solution

1 to 2 gal per 500 gal. water

Seed Rate / 1,000 sq 2 lbs. 4 lbs. 6 lbs. 8 lbs. Mix in with water, starter fertilizer, grass seed and hydromulch. Apply same day. Apply when pH needs lowering. Check pH of solution

• Safe - low salt index for seeding • longer lasting nitrogen source • For better root development Comments

Put seed in hopper / spreader and mix appropriate amount of product throughly before spreading. Make sure seed has seed to soil contact. • WSDA for Organic composting • Boosts the microbial populations • For wetland sensitive areas • Natural wetting agent to ensure water movement.

• WSDA for Organic composting • Will lower pH gently not killing natural microbes

Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2017 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd

111 111

Table of Weights & Measurements

For The Application of Liquid Fertilizers And Micronutrients LIQUID MEASURE 3 teaspoons= 2 tablespoons= 128 fluid ounces= 32 fluid ounces= 16 fluid ounces= 2 pints= 4 quarts=

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

UNITS OF AREA CONVERSION

Acres 1 acre= 2.471 acres= 10 acres= 24.71 acres= 0.381 sq. mile or 247 acres= 1 square mile=

tablespoon ounce gallon quart pint quart gallon

LIQUID METRIC CONVERSIONS Gallons /Ounces

2.642 gallons= 1 gallon= 1.0567 quarts= 1 qt or 32 fl. oz.= 1 pint or 16 fl. oz.= 1 fluid ounce=

HOW TO MEASURE LAND AREA

Square or Rectangle 50’ Area Of A Square Or Rectangle Formula: Length x Width Example: 50’ x 100’= 100’ 5000 sq ft.

Metric

10 liters 3.7852 liters 1 liter 0.9463 liter 0.4732 liter 0.0295 liter

Area Of A Square Or Triangle Formula: 0.5 Base x Height Example: 0.5 x 50’= 25 x 100= 2500 sq. ft.

LINEAR MEASURE 12 inches= 3 feet= 5,280 feet=

1 foot 1 yard 1 mile

Area Of A Circle Formula: R2 = 3.14 Example: 3.14 x 50’= 157 x 50’= 7850 sq. feet

AREA MEASURE

144 square inches= 9 square feet= 1 square yard= 43,560 sq. feet= 640 acre=

1 square foot 1 square yard 1,296 square inches 1 square acre 1 square mile

LINEAR METRIC CONVERSATIONS

Feet/Inches 0.3937 inch= 1 inch= 1 foot or 12 inches= 1 yard or 3 feet= 3.281 feet= 328 feet= 0.621 mile= 1 mile or 5,280 feet

Metric 0.4047 hect 1 hectare 4.047 hectare 10 hectare 100 hectares or 1 square kilometer 259 hectares

By applying the above principles odd shapes can be measured Formula: Example:

Metric 1 centimeter 2.54cm 30.48 cm 91.44 cm 100 cm or 1 meter 100 meters 100 meters or 1 km 1,6093 kilometers

Formula: Example:

112

Nutrients Per Gallon Of Product Weight per gallon x % nutrient The Classic 18-3-6 10.58 lbs. per gallon x 18% nitrogen= 1.9 pounds nitrogen per gallon

Nutrients Per Ounce of Product Pounds nutrient per gallon ÷ 128= The Classic 18-3-6 1.9 lbs. nitrogen per gallon ÷ 128 oz= 0.0148 lbs. nitrogen per ounce Ounces Product Needed to equal lbs 1/4 lb. N 0.25 ÷ 0.0148= 5.9 oz 1/3 lb. N 0.33 ÷ 0.0148= 7.89 oz 1/2 lb. N 0.5 ÷ 0.0148 = 11.96 oz

Growth Products 2017 Essential Tool Ad_Layout 1 12/15/2016 4:42 PM Page 1

ESSENTIAL TOOLS IN YOUR TOOLBOX Turf Management is no longer as simple as A-B-C or N-P-K Turf quality is affected by both biotic and abiotic stress including heat, drought, frost, traffic, salinity issues or simply overworked tired soils. Growth Products focuses on conquering the problems with innovative technologies. Our toolbox includes probiotics to improve soil microbial populations and stress reduction ingredients that stimulate the plant’s metabolism. These “metabolic enhancers” will elevate resistance to stress. Other tools such as salicylic acid, phosphites, and Companion® Biological Fungicide trigger the turf’s immune system, also known as Induced Systemic Resistance, to fight disease. Just like any fixer-upper, soils need structural repairs. Our dry flowable technologies renovate the physical, chemical and biological properties of soil and will become your new “go-to”. Add Growth Products to your toolbox today!

Professional Liquid Fertilizers, Micronutrients, Natural Organics and Biological Fungicides. Call Today! Phone:800-648-7626 www.GrowthProducts.com Companion, Essential, Nitro-30, are registered trademarks of Growth Products., Ltd.